Dolibarr ERP CRM Wiki - User contributions [en]

Setup Other

2024-05-21T07:08:15Z

Altairis-benjamin: /* Ticket Module */ ADD constant TICKET_ASSIGN_CONTACT_TO_MESSAGE

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)
*'''MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY''' ► Hide the "Powered by Dolibarr"
*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION''' ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►''' Add advanced user permission

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT''' ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ALLOW_UNSECURED_LABELS_WITH_HTML''' ► Allow HTML tags into products label

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTANCY_USE_PRODUCT_ACCOUNT_ON_THIRDPARTY ►''' Add 2 fields on thirdparty card which allow you to set an account for all sells products and an other for all buying products for this customer ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_ERR_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) for each email sent with error when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_LOG_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) to log each email sent (whatever is result) when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM''' ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the "Reply-To".

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO''' ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►''' Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]
*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_IMAP_USE_PHPIMAP''' ► Use embedded PHP-imap library (not using the native php imap) instead of native php imap extension ► (v17.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=SMS=

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.
*<bdi>'''INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE''' ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)</bdi>
*'''INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' <bdi>► Default text in public note</bdi>

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)
*'''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START''' and '''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►''' Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES''' '''►''' Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED''' ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of "subtypes" with values from dictionary "Invoice Subtypes" ► (v19.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

 

=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=

*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►''' Theme color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►''' Background color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL ►''' Logo for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE ►''' Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_MASSACTION_CREATEBILLS_REDIRECT_IF_ONE''' ► If set 1, redirects to the one bill created from massaction create bills from order list ► (v20.0)

*'''MAIN_MASSACTION_CREATEBILLS_REDIRECT_IF_MANY''' ► If set to 1, redirects to the invoice list after plural invoices where generated from tho massaction create bills from order list ► (v20.0)

*'''MAIN_ORDERLIST_CREATEBILLS_ONEBYTHIRD''' ► Allow defining value for option "one by thirdparty" in massaction create bills from orders list page (no by default, yes if set to 'yes' or 1) ► (v20.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser. Values : 0= Default (file is auto downloaded), 1= For to output the file into the browser tab, 2= For to output the file into a browser tab open with target_blank

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

*'''PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX''' ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash opening
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.
*'''MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►''' Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

*'''PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY''' : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task
*'''PROJECT_ALWAYS_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT''' ► Discards closed projects in every select field. A closed project can't be associated to an object ► (v20.0+)

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)
*'''PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' ► Default text in public note

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (>=15.0)
*'''STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services
*'''SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to ship services without stock (>=19.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTSCUSTOMERS ►''' Remove the status "Customer/Prospect" when thirdparties creation or modification

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)

*'''MAIN_SUPPORT_SHARED_CONTACT_BETWEEN_THIRDPARTIES''' ► Able to share contact between several third parties

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)
*'''TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY''' '''►''' Only display tickets assigned to the user
*'''TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' '''►''' If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (>=20)
*'''TICKET_ASSIGN_CONTACT_TO_MESSAGE''' '''►''' If known, the external contact is assigned to the message. (>=19)

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*'''WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE''' ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY''' ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password''' ► To force the mode to send the email on the "password forgotten" page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Setup Other

2024-04-08T09:31:40Z

Altairis-benjamin: /* Global Options */

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)
*'''MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY''' ► Hide the "Powered by Dolibarr"
*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION''' ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►''' Add advanced user permission

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT''' ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_ERR_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) for each email sent with error when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_LOG_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) to log each email sent (whatever is result) when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM''' ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the "Reply-To".

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO''' ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►''' Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]
*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=SMS=

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED'''* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUUPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.
*<bdi>'''INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE''' ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)</bdi>
*'''INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' <bdi>► Default text in public note</bdi>

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)
*'''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START''' and '''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►''' Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES''' '''►''' Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED''' ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of "subtypes" with values from dictionary "Invoice Subtypes" ► (v19.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

 

=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=

*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►''' Theme color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►''' Background color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL ►''' Logo for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE ►''' Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

*'''PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX''' ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash opening
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.
*'''MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►''' Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

*'''PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY''' : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task
*'''PROJECT_ALWAYS_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT''' ► Discards closed projects in every select field. A closed project can't be associated to an object ► (v20.0+)

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)
*'''PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' ► Default text in public note

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (>=15.0)
*'''STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services
*'''SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to ship services without stock (>=19.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)

*'''MAIN_SUPPORT_SHARED_CONTACT_BETWEEN_THIRDPARTIES''' ► Able to share contact between several third parties

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)
*'''TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY''' '''►''' Only display tickets assigned to the user
*'''TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' '''►''' If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (>=20)

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*'''WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE''' ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY''' ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password''' ► To force the mode to send the email on the "password forgotten" page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Setup Other

2024-04-05T07:38:00Z

Altairis-benjamin: ADD: MAIN_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT constant

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)
*'''MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY''' ► Hide the "Powered by Dolibarr"
*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"
*'''MAIN_DISCARD_CLOSED_PROJECTS_IN_SELECT ►''' Discards closed projects in every select field. A closed project can't be associated to an object ► (v20.0+)

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION''' ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►''' Add advanced user permission

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT''' ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_ERR_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) for each email sent with error when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG_LOG_WITH_DATE''' ► Use a different filename (by adding a prefix of date) to log each email sent (whatever is result) when MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM''' ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the "Reply-To".

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO''' ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►''' Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]
*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=SMS=

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED'''* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUUPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.
*<bdi>'''INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE''' ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)</bdi>
*'''INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' <bdi>► Default text in public note</bdi>

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)
*'''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START''' and '''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►''' Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES''' '''►''' Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED''' ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of "subtypes" with values from dictionary "Invoice Subtypes" ► (v19.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

 

=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=

*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►''' Theme color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►''' Background color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL ►''' Logo for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE ►''' Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

*'''PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX''' ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash opening
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.
*'''MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►''' Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

*'''PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY''' : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)
*'''PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' ► Default text in public note

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (>=15.0)
*'''STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services
*'''SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to ship services without stock (>=19.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)

*'''MAIN_SUPPORT_SHARED_CONTACT_BETWEEN_THIRDPARTIES''' ► Able to share contact between several third parties

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)
*'''TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY''' '''►''' Only display tickets assigned to the user
*'''TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' '''►''' If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (>=20)

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*'''WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE''' ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY''' ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password''' ► To force the mode to send the email on the "password forgotten" page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Setup Other

2024-02-29T16:28:57Z

Altairis-benjamin: Update for TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT with new available value

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials (the value to be put is the URL of the service, exemple : https://source.unsplash.com/random) ► (v10.0)
*'''MAIN_HIDE_POWERED_BY''' ► Hide the "Powered by Dolibarr"
*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION''' ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_USE_ADVANCED_PERMS ►''' Add advanced user permission

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_MAX_IMG_IN_HTML_CONTENT''' ► Maximum number of Images on the HTML content

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_FROM''' ► (v19+) Can force the value into the From field of the SMTP header. Note that email sender is always saved into the "Reply-To".

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for setup or version of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the From of the header email to define the sender (with this option, the from can be forced on command line to avoid to have the from lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_NOT_SENDING_TO''' ► If en email is defined into this variable, emails will never be sent to this email.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►''' Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]
*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Shows field BCC into email forms, If value is an email = Shows the BCC pre filled with the email value.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_SHIPMENT_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_..._TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=SMS=

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED'''* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUUPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices with ref like (PROV%)).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.
*<bdi>'''INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE''' ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)</bdi>
*'''INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' <bdi>► Default text in public note</bdi>

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)
*'''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_START''' and '''INVOICEREC_SET_AUTOFILL_DATE_END ►''' Set start and end date to yes for lines of template invoice when created from a draft invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_REC_DATE_TO_YES''' '''►''' Set start and end date to yes by default in add line form for template invoice ► (V16)
*'''INVOICE_SUBTYPE_ENABLED''' ► Extends Dolibarr standard invoice with more invoice types used in some countries. A combo box in the new invoice creation card allows the selection of "subtypes" with values from dictionary "Invoice Subtypes" ► (v19.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

 

=Manifest (Progressive Web App)=

*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_THEME_COLOR ►''' Theme color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_BG_COLOR ►''' Background color for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL ►''' Logo for manifest
*'''MAIN_MANIFEST_APPLI_LOGO_URL_SIZE ►''' Logo url size for app (150, 192, 512px) missing 3 configurations

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

*'''PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX''' ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash opening
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.
*'''MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►''' Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

*'''PRODUCT_USE_SUB_COST_PRICES_IF_COST_PRICE_EMPTY''' : Calculate the parent product production price by child prices.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. It is a list of thirdparty IDs. If set, you can link an object to a project owned by one of this thirdparty in the list.

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Option related to the combo list Project on elements. Can link an element (purhcase invoice, purchase order, reception, ...) to any project even if object has a different supplier than the one of the project to link to. See also PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY that is different because it allows to define some given thirdparty ID to allow.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)
*'''PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' ► Default text in public note

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (>=15.0)
*'''STOCK_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to manage services into warehouse and allow to ship services
*'''SHIPMENT_SUPPORTS_SERVICES''' ►Allow to ship services without stock (>=19.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)
*'''TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY''' '''►''' Only display tickets assigned to the user
*'''TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' '''►''' If set to 1: Automatically adds the author as internal contact. If set to 2: Automatically adds the author as external contact if external user. (>=20)

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*'''WEBSITE_ALLOW_OVERWRITE_GIT_SOURCE''' ► Add a button to export a website over the GIT sources
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY''' ► Add a CSS class to the body tag of websites

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php, upgrade.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the install.lock file is deleted or the upgrade.unlock file is created).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE_password''' ► To force the mode to send the email on the "password forgotten" page. So you can decide to use php mail or SMTP method for this specific use case.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Setup Other

2023-09-29T08:06:47Z

Altairis-benjamin: /* Update hidden constants on Ticket Module */

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this any more (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier). Deprecated. Replaced with the default setup feature instead.

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like Cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the time zone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server time zone will not have effect any more. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into JavaScript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_HOOK_DEBUG''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v18.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_SELECT2_FOCUS_PROTECTION''' ► if 1 disable the focus protection ► (v17.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_MEMBERSHIP_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► If set, it limits the number of years visible on graph and widgets of membership (empty is default value to show all) ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flagging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email and SMS=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate JavaScript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for rare setup of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the Return-path of header email to define the sender (with this option, the return-path will be provided also on command line and not lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_SUPPORT_ACK ►''' Restore email acknowledgment checkbox on sending emails. This feature is commonly abandoned by mailers. Active from Dolibarr V17 - see [https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/blob/33744f74da1a5c20f8aa9950018ab4e549e00205/ChangeLog#L53 changelog]
*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Show field BCC into email forms, If email = Show BCC pre filled with email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachment document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)
*

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometres against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED'''* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUUPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.
*<bdi>'''INVOICE_ADD_EXTRAFIELD_IN_NOTE''' ► Add extrafields in note for canelle template ► (v17.0+)</bdi>
*'''INVOICE_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' <bdi>► Default text in public note</bdi>

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the Sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease aggressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the work board of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=MultiCurrency=

*'''MAIN_MULTICURRENCY_ALLOW_SYNCHRONIZATION''' ► Enable CurrencyLayer API synchronization

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of recipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

*'''PDF_PROPAL_SHOW_PRICE_INCL_TAX''' ► Display price with tax on Proposal(cyan template), Order(eratosthene template), Bill(sponge template) (V17+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash opening
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control duration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add other units on products (Use same dictionary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.
*'''MAIN_EDIT_LINE_ALLOW_ALL_UNIT_TYPE ►''' Allow the selection of other unit types when editing the document line

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect resources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Can link an object to a project of another thirdparty
*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Enable linking a project to any supplier even when using the third party link feature. Note: Set to 1 by default from 3.7.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)
*'''PROPAL_DEFAULT_NOTE_PUBLIC''' ► Default text in public note

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shipment pdf (>=15.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criteria ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an individual third party ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticket close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Pre check email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)
*'''TICKET_LIMIT_VIEW_ASSIGNED_ONLY''' '''►''' Only display tickets assigned to the user
*'''TICKET_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' '''►''' Automatically adds the author as internal contact

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*
*
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you have set a system limit on number of recipients on your system, you can set also this option to match the same value, so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock and remove the upgrade.unlock so the administration tools like install.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the lock file is deleted).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when you deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta over an installation with a database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Template:ListOfContexts

2023-06-19T14:04:19Z

Altairis-benjamin: Ajout du contexte productcompositioncard

adherents\card.php(111): membercard 
adherents\type.php(73): membertypecard 
categories\categorie.php(96): categorycard 
comm\card.php(72): commcard 
comm\propal.php(99): propalcard 
comm\action\card.php(85): actioncard 
comm\action\index.php(112): agenda 
comm\mailing\card.php(55): mailingcard 
commande\card.php(93): ordercard 
compta\facture.php(105): invoicecard 
compta\paiement.php(70): paiementcard 
compta\deplacement\card.php(50): tripsandexpensescard 
compta\dons\card.php(53): doncard 
compta\localtax\clients.php(172): externalbalance 
compta\salaries\card.php(47): salarycard 
compta\tva\card.php(45): taxvatcard 
contact\card.php(77): contactcard 
contrat\card.php(70): contractcard 
expedition\card.php(85): expeditioncard 
fichinter\card.php(80): interventioncard 
fourn\card.php(54): suppliercard 
fourn\commande\card.php(80): ordersuppliercard 
fourn\commande\orderstoinvoice.php(88): orderstoinvoicesupplier 
fourn\facture\card.php(72): invoicesuppliercard 
fourn\facture\paiement.php(71): paymentsupplier 
livraison\card.php(68): deliverycard 
product\card.php(91): productcard 
product\composition\card.php(55): productcompositioncard 
product\fournisseurs.php(62): pricesuppliercard 
product\stats\commande.php(45): productstatsorder 
product\stats\commande_fournisseur.php(45): productstatssupplyorder 
product\stats\contrat.php(45): productstatscontract 
product\stats\facture.php(48): productstatsinvoice 
product\stats\facture_fournisseur.php(47): productstatssupplyinvoice 
product\stats\propal.php(45): productstatspropal 
product\stock\card.php(54): warehousecard 
projet\card.php(48): projectcard 
projet\tasks.php(67): projecttaskcard 
resource\card.php(60): resource_card 
resource\element_resource.php(58): element_resource 
societe\agenda.php(41): agendathirdparty 
societe\commerciaux.php(40): salesrepresentativescard 
societe\consumption.php(80): consumptionthirdparty 
societe\info.php(41): infothirdparty 
societe\soc.php(80): thirdpartycard 
user\card.php(93): usercard 
user\list.php(72): userlist 
user\passwordforgotten.php(56): passwordforgottenpage

Setup Other

2023-06-12T08:55:07Z

Altairis-benjamin: /* Ticket Module */ Add the constant merged in v17.

[[fr:Paramétrage_Divers]]
[[es:Configuración_Varios]]
[[de:Erweiterte_Einstellungen]]
[[zh:其他设置]]


[[Category:Admin]]
{{TemplateDocUser}}

'''Help About Screen''': Other setup

'''Menu Path''': Home ► Setup ► Other

'''Introduction'''

Some options are not visible in the interface (often because they are deprecated or are beta features). In most cases you do not need these functions and their use may make the application unstable.

{{warning|32px}} This page contains the list of some advanced development parameters. In most cases, it is parameters for internal usage, development, external modules, features in development not stable or that may lead to security risk. For standard usage of Dolibarr, such parameters '''SHOULD NOT''' be used. All experimental options are NOT supported. They may be removed in a future, modified at any version and break stability of your application.

To enable/override a parameter you have to define the constant name and set it to 1 (unless otherwise stated) in <code>Home ► Setup ► Other Setup</code>

The options here may not be documented since they are not stable and unsupported (remember they are experimental or development options). The basic format of how the list is written is broken down in the example below:

UNSTABLE_OR_DEV_OPTION ► ''Description of config and goal'' ► ''(specific version information) or values''
<center>
__TOC__
</center>
=Global Options=

*'''ADD_UNSPLASH_LOGIN_BACKGROUND''' ► The background image will be refreshed on every login page refresh. Background image is pulled from the popular open source image website Unsplash. If an already saved static background image exists, then this code will override it (but not delete the saved image). Warning: Using this may allow this external website to steel your login credentials ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE''' ► This will change the title of software (that appears on the login page by default). Warning: changing this may make Dolibarr version detection fail by smartphone applications like [[Application Android - DoliDroid]] breaking some features when using Dolibarr from this application.

*'''MAIN_AUTOFILL_DATE''' ► If this constant is defined (to something other than <code>0</code>), the date of invoice, proposal, order or payment are auto-filled with the current date. It is highly recommended to NOT ENABLE this feature. This can create a lot of input errors with data not validated by users. This leads to incorrect values saved in the database causing confusion when you have to do your accountancy reports!

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''public'' note.

*'''MAIN_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_IN_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Add a timestamp and user automatically when editing the ''private'' note.

*'''MAIN_COUNTRIES_IN_EEC''' ► Country list in European Area (For VAT purpose) ► (v10.0-v13.0). From v14, do not use this anymore (remove the constant if you set it and instead set if the country is in Europe or not from the DB for V14 - V15 and from dictionary of countries in V16 and more).

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TERM_ID''' ► With ID of a payment term, will use this as default payment term each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier)
*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_TYPE_ID''' ► With ID of a payment type, will use this as default payment type each time you create a new proposal, order, invoice (customer and supplier) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE_FILTER''' ► Useful if you do not want to show <code>en_US</code> language option in combo boxes (other languages can easily be removed in <code>langs</code> directory but not <code>en_US</code>) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_LANGUAGES_ALLOWED''' ► Is a list of languages without spaces, example : <code>fr_FR,en_US,de_DE,it_IT</code> If defined, only those languages will appear in combos. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_NOTES_TAB''' ► Show or hide notes tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_CONTACTS_TAB''' ► Show or hide contacts tab in the card page

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FULL_SCANLIST''' ► Disables the complete scan of tables to allow the pagination to show total number of pages. May be useful to activate on systems with a very high quantity of data (tables with more than 2 000 000 records).

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_JQUERY_JNOTIFY''' ► Disable usage of <code>JNotify</code> to show confirm or error messages

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_AJAX_COMBOX''' ► If you have a large number of third parties or products, you can disable the autocomplete feature on the third parties list by setting this constant to <code>1</code> ► (v3.6.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_MULTIPLE_FILEUPLOAD''' ► Disable users to upload multiple files at once.
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_TRUNC''' ► Disable all truncings in select list. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_DISABLEDRAFTSTATUS''' ► Disable the status "Draft" for some objects (project, donation, ...) so the object is directly created with status "Validated"

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_OBJECT_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Add name of thirdparty at begin of generated document.

*'''MAIN_DOC_USE_TIMING''' ► Add a timestamp at end of generated document. Value must be format of timestamp. For example: <code>%Y%m%d%H%M</code> (only for ODT files)

*'''MAIN_DOC_UPLOAD_NOT_RENAME_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Disable the auto renaming on upload file ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_DOL_SCRIPTS_ROOT''' ► Define directory who contains 'scripts' directory (e.g. <code>/var/www/dolibarr</code>). Value of this variable may be requested by some external script or tools.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_LOG_TO_HTML''' ► If this constant is defined, it is possible to have logs inside pages by adding the parameter <code>&logtohtml=1</code> into URL.

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_IMPORT_LINKED_OBJECT_LINES''' ► Allow to import lines into current document from "linked" compatible documents ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_FIRST_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr add uppercase to Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning: with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data.

*'''MAIN_ALL_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for Third Parties, contacts or members names if not done. Warning, with some languages (whose words with uppercase are not same words, or pagecode does not always have an uppercase, like cyrillic languages), this feature may alter your data. ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_ALL_TOWN_TO_UPPER''' ► Dolibarr puts uppercase for town names if not done. ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING''' ► With some PHP versions, PHP is not able to detect the page code for filesystem of the server OS. To solve this, Dolibarr assumes your OS filesystem is <code>UTF-8</code> if on Linux or OSX system, and <code>ISO-8859-1</code> if on Windows. If not, for example on a Windows server with a NTFS <code>UTF-8</code> pagecode, you can set the variable <code>MAIN_FILESYSTEM_ENCODING</code> to "<code>utf-8</code>".

*'''MAIN_FORCELANGDIR''' ► Relative path of the directory holding your custom <code>langs</code> folder.

*'''MAIN_HTML_TITLE''' ► Can be used to control how the html page title is formatted. If value contains key '<code>noapp</code>', application name will not be output. If value contains '<code>thirdpartynameonly</code>', on tab for thirdparties, only name of thirdparties are output. Value can be list of tags: '<code>noapp;thirdpartynameonly</code>'

*'''MAIN_HELPCENTER_LINKTOUSE''' ► Define the URL link to use as the target page for link "I need help" onto logon page

*'''MAIN_LOGOUT_GOTO_URL''' ► URL to which the user will be redirected after LOGOUT

*'''MAIN_MAXTABS_IN_CARD''' ► Maximum number of tabs visible. Others are grouped into a combo list.

*'''MAIN_MAXLIST_OVERLOAD''' ► Maximum number of line in space's domain.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► A warning saying setup of modules is not complete is shown if the number of enabled modules is lower or equal than this value (<code>1</code> if not defined)

*'''MAIN_NO_CONCAT_DESCRIPTION''' ► Allow to use only input custom description in lines (proposal, order, invoice) ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZE_SPEED''' ► Use some speed enhancements. See page [[FAQ Increase Performance]] for more information.

*'''MAIN_PROPAGATE_CONTACTS_FROM_ORIGIN''' ► When creating an order, contract, invoice from another object, specific contacts of objects are set as specific contact of the new object when possible. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_PUBLIC_NOTE_IN_ADDRESS''' ► Show public note in address block ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING''' ► Remove all security warnings that appear to administrator users if URL <code>/install</code> is public. You should solve the problem if warning occurs, instead of removing the warning! For this, create a file called <code>install.lock</code> into Dolibarr root directory. This will stop the warning but also make the page <code>/install</code> not possible to use, to protect your installation.

*'''MAIN_REPEATCONTACTONEACHTAB''' ► If added and set to <code>1</code>, this adds contacts on all tabs, not only main tab.

*'''MAIN_REPLACE_TRANS_xx_XX''' ► Where <code>xx_XX</code> is language code. If value is <code>string1:newstring1;string2:newstring2</code> then replace <code>string1</code> with <code>newstring1</code> in all translation done for language <code>xx_XX</code>.

*'''MAIN_ROUNDOFTOTAL_NOT_TOTALOFROUND''' ► Change way of rounding total TTC lines, rounding first of after.

*'''MAIN_SERVER_TZ''' ► If you can't set the timezone of your PHP installation, set this constant. Better is to set it to UTC. In future, this constant will be forced to '<code>UTC</code>' so PHP server timezone will not have effect anymore. Examples: <code>Europe/Paris</code>, <code>auto</code>.

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_FORM_ON_HOME_AREAS''' ► Show the search form on home page areas for core modules (Removed after v5 due to global search combo) ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCHFORM_SUPPLIER_INVOICE_DISABLED''' ► Disable the supplier invoice on the search form

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_DIRECT_OPEN_IF_ONLY_ONE''' ► If only one result is found, then setting this value to <code>1</code> will take you direct to the item (default method). Setting the value to <code>0</code> will show the result in the list as a single result ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_SERVICES_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TUNING_INFO''' ► Add tuning information into javascript console. Better when xdebug is enabled.

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show also technical IDs on elements cards or some lists (not supported everywhere).

*'''MAIN_SHOWDATABASENAMEINHELPPAGESLINK''' ► Show database name in upper help menu ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR''' ► List of fields per object that need an alternate translation. Example: <code>MAIN_USE_ALTERNATE_TRANSLATION_FOR=societe:name,town;contact:firstname,lastname</code>

*'''MAIN_USE_HOURMIN_IN_DATE_RANGE''' ► On all entities lines (invoice, order, contract...), it is possible to add hour and minutes with date on fields "date start" and "date end".

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_JEDITABLE''' ► Allow to update from screen, directly into database, some properties of elements (invoices, proposals, ...) using Ajax. This make response time faster, but avoid using this feature, because it bypasses some business actions (updates on other data that should be done consistently) and ignores business controls on data you saved. Consequently this feature breaks consistency of data and possibly the stability of the software.

*'''MAIN_USE_JQUERY_MULTISELECT''' ► Allow to use Ajax when a choice that require multiselect is used (for the moment only external modules uses select box with multiselect values). Set the value to the jQuery plugin name to use (multiselect, multiple-select, select2…). Setting it to any other value will result in unwanted side-effects and/or bugs.

*'''MAIN_USE_OLD_SEARCH_FORM''' ► Display the old search form in left menu.

*'''MAIN_VAT_DEFAULT_IF_AUTODETECT_FAILS''' ► Allow to force the VAT rate to a given value (instead of higher VAT rate of country) if the VAT rate of product was not defined.

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► If we can't guess if a thirdparty is a company or individual (not VAT ID fill, no Prof ID fill, no type of thirdparty fill), then we suppose it is a company (B2B business) instead of an individual (B2C business).

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► For intra CEE sales, we use by default, on proposal, order or invoice creation, a 0 VAT for customers that are companies (see MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES to change behaviour to know if a thirdparty is a company or an individual). But if the option MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL is set, we will use the 0 VAT only if a VAT ID is defined for the customer.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_INDIVIDUAL_CUSTOMER_OUT_OF_EEC''' ► For to use the default VAT of product for individual customers that are out E.E.C. (European Economic Community) ► (v7.0+). ''There is no reason to use this.''

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER''' ► Shows a line number for each line of products/services at documents like proposal / order / invoice. Only on screen, not on PDF.

*'''MAIN_VIEW_LINE_NUMBER_IN_LIST''' ► Shows a line number in lists ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of volume (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_VOLUME_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_ROUND''' ► Accuracy of weight (number of decimals)

*'''MAIN_WEIGHT_DEFAULT_UNIT''' ► Default unit for weight (<code>0=kg</code>, <code>-3=g</code>, ...)

*'''USER_HIDE_INACTIVE_IN_COMBOBOX''' ► Disable display inactive users in combobox.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_THUMBS''' ► Disable thumbs PDF in case of imagick bug

*'''MAIN_KEEP_REF_CUSTOMER_ON_CLONING''' ► Keep the Customer Reference on cloned object (Propal/Invoice)

*'''MAIN_DONT_KEEP_NOTE_ON_CLONING''' ► Remove the object notes during cloning ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_FIELD''' ► Set the default sorting field on document page (name by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_DOC_SORT_ORDER''' ► Set the default sorting order (ASC or DESC) on document page (ASC by default) ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_ZIPTOWN_DICTIONNARY''' ► Use dictionary ZIP for create card.

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Show search in top menu with theme eldy ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PHONE_SEPAR''' ► Separ phone number other space ► (v12.0)

*'''GRAPH_USE_FISCAL_YEAR''' ► Widgets uses fiscal year

*'''SHOW_SOCINFO_ON_PRINT''' ► Permit to add user company information on each printed document (when click on Dolibarr print button) ► (v12.0)

*'''MAIN_FEATURES_LEVEL''' ► Level of features to show: <code>-1=stable+deprecated</code>, <code>0=stable only (default)</code>, <code>1=stable+experimental</code>, <code>2=stable+experimental+development</code>

*'''MAIN_SHOW_TECHNICAL_ID''' ► Show technical id for object.

*'''MAIN_HTTP_CONTENT_SECURITY_POLICY''' ► Allows you to fill in the content security rules ► (v6.0)

*'''SOCIETE_ON_SEARCH_AND_LIST_GO_ON_CUSTOMER_OR_SUPPLIER_CARD''' ► Allow to change the link of the third party to customer/supplier card instead of contact card on List.

*'''MAIN_MODULE_SETUP_ON_LIST_BY_DEFAULT''' ► If set to "common" the setup module becomes list by defaut

*'''MAIN_PAGESIZE_CHOICES''' ► Configure select field to choose number of lines displayed on listing (<code>10:10,15:15,20:20,30:30,40:40,50:50,100:100,250:250,500:500,1000:1000,5000:5000</code>).

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_QUICKADD_DROPDOWN''' ► Add a dropdown menu with shortcuts to create new objects ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_EMAILCOLLECTOR_MAIL_WITHOUT_HEADER''' ► Remove the header stored by email collector ► (v13.0)

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_OF_PRODUCT_FOR_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID'''

*'''MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER''' ► Optimise interface for a text only browser. This variable is set to 1 automatically if your browser is lynx or links

*'''MAIN_NB_OF_YEAR_IN_WIDGET_GRAPH''' ► Set the number of years visible on some graph of some widgets (2 is default value)

*'''MAIN_CREATEFROM_KEEP_LINE_ORIGIN_INFORMATION'''

*'''API_DISABLE_LOGIN_API''' ►(v14.0)

*'''MAIN_LOGIN_BADCHARUNAUTHORIZED''' ► Add possibility to define bad character unauthorized into login name REGEX expression (Default value is @<>"\') ► (v16.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_ALL_FILES_ON_DOCUMENT_TOOLTIP''' ► Add all files visible from the object to be visible from the list of object.
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PUBLIC_NOTES''' ► Display public notes on list
*'''MAIN_LIST_ALLOW_PRIVATE_NOTES''' ► Display private notes on list

*'''MAIN_CHECKBOX_LEFT_COLUMN''' ► Display private check boxes on the left ► (v17.0)
*'''MAIN_STATS_GRAPHS_SHOW_N_YEARS''' ► Nb of years to shows in widget and graph ► (v14.0)
*'''MAIN_DEBUG_SHOW_EACH_QUALIFIED_HOOK_CALL''' ► if >=2 the hook in the logs are more verbose ► (v17.0)

*'''MAIN_ENABLE_AJAX_TOOLTIP''' ► if 1 the tooltips are updated with AJAX request ► (v18.0)
*'''MAIN_NO_INPUT_PRICE_WITH_TAX''' ► if 1 the TTC input field is removed from propal/invoices/... ► (v17.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Security Options=

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_ANTI_SSRF_SERVER_IP''' ► Can set a complete list of IPs of server.

*'''MAIN_SECURITY_CSRF_WITH_TOKEN''' ► Activate a second anti-CSRF protection on POST (so a POST from another web site can't be done). Note there is already a default protection using test on referrer. This second protection uses TOKEN on forms and is more powerful. ► (v5.0+)

*'''MAIN_MODULES_FOR_EXTERNAL''' ► Limit available modules for external users. By default value is '<code>facture,commande,contact,propal,projet,contrat,societe,ficheinter,expedition,agenda</code>'

*'''MAIN_ALLOW_SVG_FILES_AS_IMAGES''' ► Allow to use SVG file as image files. Warning: This may introduce security vulnerability (javascript can be embedded into SVG file).

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_ONLY_VALID_HTML''' ► Refused parameter if value is not a valid HTML content.

*'''MAIN_RESTRICTHTML_REMOVE_ALSO_BAD_ATTRIBUTES''' ► Sanitize also non standard attributes on HTML content.
*'''MAIN_SECURITY_SALT''' ► A salt string to base the hashing on. 8 strings length recommended.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Adherent Module=

*'''MEMBER_NEWFORM_FORCEMORPHY''' ► Force nature of member set to "phy" for physical or to "mor" for moral ► (v12.0)
*'''MEMBER_ALLOW_CHANGE_OF_TYPE''' ► Member can edit their type on public subscription page ► (v13.0)
*'''ADHERENT_DEFAULT_CREATE_THIRDPARTY''' ► Thirdparty is created when creating a new member ► (v13.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_MONTH''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the month ► (v18.0)
*'''MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_SUGGEST_END_OF_YEAR''' ► If set to 1, the member subscription end date will be suggested for the end of the year ► (v18.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Accountancy Module=

*'''ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX''' ► Add graphic option for ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX. Having this option on may slow down and even freeze the accounting features if you have a very large number of thirdparties ► (v10.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_VALIDATION_DATE''' ► Avoid validating the lines with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)
*'''ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_NOT_NOTIFIED_EXPORT_DATE''' ► Avoid flaging the lines as exported with the accountancy export.(1= box unchecked by default / 0 = box checked by default) ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Agenda Module=

*'''AGENDA_ALL_CALENDARS''' ► Change the default view of calendar pages to see all the Agenda's (instead or yours only be default)

*'''AGENDA_AUTOSET_END_DATE_WITH_DELTA_HOURS''' ► To automatically set end date of event to start date + delta on event creation page.

*'''AGENDA_DISABLE_LOCATION''' ► Disable location field in action card ► (>=v5.0)

*'''AGENDA_MAX_EVENTS_DAY_VIEW''' ► Define the maximum number of visible entries for each day in agenda. Default value is 3. Value 0 means no limit.

*'''AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE''' ► Add a mandatory field "Type" when creating an event ('''''deprecated''''').

*'''MAIN_ADD_EVENT_ON_ELEMENT_CARD''' ► Allow to create an event from a document (proposal, order, invoice)

*'''AGENDA_SUPPORT_PRIORITY_IN_EVENTS''' ► Allow to have priorities in events ► (>=v13.0)

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFORPHONE''' ► Allow you to create a event from phone number ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

*'''AGENDA_ADDACTIONFOREMAIL''' ► Allow you to create a event from Email ► (=<v12.0) - Need to be fix for (=>v12.0) https://github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr/issues/22720

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Bank Module=

*'''BANK_CAN_RECONCILIATE_CASHACCOUNT''' ► Can reconciliate cash accounts ► (v3.8)

*'''BANK_DISABLE_CHECK_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable check deposit feature

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER''' ► Ask bank account during creation of an order

*'''BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL''' ► Ask bank account during creation of a proposal

*'''BANK_USE_OLD_VARIOUS_PAYMENT''' ► To allow to enter miscellaneous payments (not covered by other modules) using old method. '''''Deprecated'''''. Entering various payment is preferred ► (<=v12.0).
*'''MAIN_IBAN_IS_NEVER_MANDATORY''' ► IBAN and BIC informations not mandatory. (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=BOM and MO Module=

*'''ALLOW_USE_KITS_INTO_BOM_AND_MO'''
*'''BOM_SUB_BOM''' ►Allow to add a BOM in another BOM►(v16.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Bookmarks Module=

*'''BOOKMARKS_SHOW_IN_MENU''' ► Numbers of bookmark entries to be displayed (10 by default)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Inalterable Log Module=

*'''BLOCKEDLOG_ADD_ACTIONS_SUPPORTED''' ► Can complete list of triggered action that are logged

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Category-Tags Module=

*'''CATEGORY_SHOW_COUNTS''' ► Shows nb of object by tags in tag tree

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Contracts=

*'''CONTRACT_SUPPORT_PRODUCTS''' ► Products are also suggested into module contract.
*
*'''CONTRACT_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_PLANNED_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.
*'''CONTRACT_HIDE_REAL_DATE_ON_PDF''' ► allows you to not display dates on pdf files.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Cron module=

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Direct Debit Orders=

*'''WITHDRAWAL_ALLOW_ANY_INVOICE_STATUS''' ► If this option is set, all invoices status (even already paid) may appear on the list of invoices qualified for a direct debit payment. This is the list of invoices with a payment request done, and not linked to a direct debit payment. By default, only "unpayed" invoices are used to avoid to pay twice the same invoice.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Donation Module=

*'''DONATION_USE_THIRDPARTIES''' ► If this option is set, a thirdparty field appear on donation forms.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]
=Email and SMS=

*'''MAIN_MAILFORM_DISABLE_ENTERKEY''' ► Activate javascript code to disable the enter key in the MAIL form. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIL_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Prefix for the mails ID. Default value is <code>$_SERVER["SERVER_NAME"]</code> ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DEBUG''' ► Write content with header of last mail into file <code>dolibarr_mail.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_SMS_DEBUG''' ► Write content of SMS sent into file <code>dolibarr_sms.log</code> into directory <code>dolibarr_main_data_root</code>.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ALLOW_SENDMAIL_F''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some cases, the sender email must be provided on command line of sendmail with option <code>-f</code>. This option is here to ask Dolibarr to call the function mail of PHP by adding value for the option <code>-f</code>. Note that in most cases, even with sendmail, sender email is correctly managed as it is added in the email technical header. This option is here only for rare setup of sendmail that ask the -f option to be mandatory or for sendmail setup that does not use by default the Return-path of header email to define the sender (with this option, the return-path will be provided also on command line and not lost by sendmail).

*'''MAIN_MAIL_SENDMAIL_FORCE_BA''' ► On Linux or BSD system, PHP email function use the command sendmail local to server. In some case, we want to recipient to be provided to sendmail into the email content instead of its command line parameter. For this we must add the -ba parameter to sendmail. This option asks PHP to provide this parameter when sending a mail. Note that another solution is to edit the mail.force_extra_parameters=-ba into <code>php.ini</code> file.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_NO_FULL_EMAIL''' ► Recipient email and sender are cleaned to be on form "<email>" instead of "Name <email>". This might solve problem of compatibility with very old mailers.

*'''MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA''' ► Some MTA agent are bugged and add some CR chars each time they saw a LF. Because Dolibarr emails are forged to be already cleaned, if MTA agent do that, you will send an email with two CR chars. This may result in having recipient not able to read your email. To fix this, add this constant to 1. Dolibarr will then create an email that is not RFC compliant but because the MTA agent is bugged, the email will be modified and become correct during sending, solving the problem of bad email received. Add this constant if your recipient experience problems when opening email for example users using webmail of <code>orange.fr</code> or <code>hotmail.com</code>

*'''MAIN_MAIL_DO_NOT_USE_SIGN''' ► Do not add user signature at end of suggested pre-defined email

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_INVOICE''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Invoice'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_ORDER''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Order'' module.

*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_PROPAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Customer Proposal'' module.
*'''MAIL_FORCE_DELIVERY_RECEIPT_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL''' ► Set default as "Yes" on requesting delivery receipt when sending email through the ''Supplier Proposal'' module.

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC''' ► 1 = Show field BCC into email forms, If email = Show BCC prefilled with email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_PROPOSAL_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_ORDER_TO''', '''MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_INVOICE_TO''' ► Email to use as a BCC recipient when sending email for proposal, order or invoice. You can make this value visible by setting MAIN_EMAIL_USECCC (to 1 or to another email, see previous point)

*'''MAIN_EMAIL_ADD_TRACK_ID''' ► When value is 1 (this is also default value if option is not set): The record "Message-id" added into smtp header includes a tracking id to define where the email was sent from. When value is 2: you send an email from third party card, the sender email is completed with the email source tracking string "+thiXXX" on email (your email will be sent with the "From" that is myname+thi123@mycompany.com). So when user receiving email will make "Answer", email will be sent to myname@mycompany.com but with the tracking id included (into header or into target email), allowing you to know to which third party or object, the email exchange is related to.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► Restrict sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include 1000 recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_CONTENT_TYPE_TO_HTML''' ► Force to send all email (event with text only content) as HTML formatted email.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_USE_MULTI_PART''' ► Forge email content using an alternate text part ► (for 5.0.2+). By default with 6.0+
*'''MAIN_INFO_SOCIETE_MAIL_ALIASES''' ► add address aliases for the from field on mail. Set his value with "Firstname Name <firstname.lastname@mydomain.tld, Otherfirstname OtherlastName <othermail@mydomain.tld>,..." ► (v5.0.0+)

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ADD_INLINE_IMAGES_IF_IN_MEDIAS''' ► If images were stored into the medias directory from CKEditor, then images into emails are replaced with "inline content". This may increase seriously risk of being detected as SPAM.

*'''MAIN_COPY_FILE_IN_EVENT_AUTO''' ► Add attachement document on event auto generated by sending email from dolibarr. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT''' ► Show also internal users into list of recipients of email in email sending form ► (v8.0+)
*

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Emailing Module=

*'''MAILING_PREFIX_FOR_EMAIL_ID''' ► Set the value that will be used to compose the "Email ID" into email headers. If you set this value to '<code>SERVER_NAME</code>', the virtual host of web server will be used. By default, this is not defined, so a hash key, unique to each instance, is used.

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► If set, the module emailing can't be used with mail setup of "phpmail". Using a thirdparty SMTP server is required. You can complete warning message by adding an email to contact for setup help with constant <code>'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS'''</code>.

*'''MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS''' ► Contains the email of contact to show into the message visible to a user when he try to use emailing module without SMTP server and if option '''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' is set to on.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is on "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_NOPHPMAIL''' ► Show a warning message (var contains the '''message to show''', or '''translation key''') on emailing send form if setup is something else than "phpmail". Note: The application always try to translation the message considering the message is a translation key, before showing the translation or message if translation was not found.
*'''EMAILING_USE_ADVANCED_SELECTOR''' ► Enable the advanced selector for recipients.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from GUI. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbyweb</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit. A negative value means, sending by web is forbidden.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYCLI''' ► Restrict number of emails you can send in same sending session with emailing module from CLI script. The value "<code>dolibarr_mailing_limit_sendbycli</code>" if defined into config file is used in priority for this limit.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Expense Report=

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_ALLOW_OVERLAPPING_PERIODS''' ► Can enter several expense reports on same or overlapping date periods. ► (v7.0+)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_OVERRIDE_VAT''' ► Setting this constant to 1 will allow expense reports to show VAT even if the global VAT setting is off ► (v10.0)

*'''EXPENSEREPORT_USE_OLD_NUMBERING_RULE''' ► The module Expense Report use numbering rules that you can setup (like other modules do). If you need to keep the hard-coded numbering rule of expenses report used in v6.0 set this constant to 1 ► (>=v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_IK''' ► This feature allows you to set index kilometers against a mileage index for different types of vehicles. ► (v7.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_EXPENSE_RULE''' ► This feature allows you to set a variety of rules per user/group/all so they can only create reports within their limits. ► (v7.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Export Module=

*'''EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE''' ► String value to use as default separator to delimit fields of exported files (by default Dolibarr uses "<code>,</code>"). Example: EXPORT_CSV_SEPARATOR_TO_USE=<code>;</code>

*'''EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET''' ► Choose the charset used in the output file built by the CSV exporter. By default it is ISO-8859-1. Example: EXPORT_CSV_FORCE_CHARSET= <code>utf-8</code>

*'''EXPORTTOOL_CATEGORIES''' ► Can export categories (several lines) into one column with the "product export profile"

*'''USE_STRICT_CSV_RULES''' ► Use strict/real CSV format for export. Do not clean/replace CR+LF with '\n' but quote them using the escaping CSV char (<code>"</code>).
*'''EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS''' ► Share export models between users.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Foundation Module=

*'''MEMBER_URL_REDIRECT_SUBSCRIPTION''' ► Link called and shown when a member account is autocreated in member module by a guest user.

*'''MEMBER_EXT_URL_SUBSCRIPTION_INFO''' ► Link of external page pointed by the "Show here" link added in front of payment cell, into the page to make online subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Interventions Module=

*'''FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED'''► Allow to classify an intervention card as "Billed". This add also trigger <code>FICHINTER_CLASSIFY_BILLED</code> into list of possible automatic event into agenda.

*'''FICHINTER_DISABLE_DETAILS'''► Disable entry of details line on intervention. Can validate with no line.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Invoice Module=

*'''MAIN_DEPOSIT_MULTI_TVA''' ► In deposits invoice, creates one line per VAT rate from the origin document ► (6.0)

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED'''* ► If a credit note was partially refunded (a refund was sent to the customer), with common situation, we wait to have the remain refunded too. With this option, it is possible to convert the remain of invoice into a discount to reuse it into another invoice.

*'''SUUPLIER_INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED''' ► See INVOICE_ALLOW_REUSE_OF_CREDIT_WHEN_PARTIALLY_REFUNDED, but for supplier credit notes.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_EDITED''' changed in version 15 or 16 to '''INVOICE_CAN_BE_EDITED_EVEN_IF_PAYMENT_DONE''' ► Allow to edit invoices even if payment was started. Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required in some countries for legal reasons), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_ALWAYS_BE_REMOVED''' ► Allow to always delete invoices (even if invoice is not last one). Note: If the module "BlockedLog" is active (required by some countries for legal reason), this will not change content of archived logs tracked by this module. By definition there is no way to change or remove archived records. It will just update data in your application and a new record to track your change into the read-only archive log.

*'''INVOICE_CAN_NEVER_BE_REMOVED''' ► Never allow to delete invoices (except draft invoices).

*'''INVOICE_POSITIVE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► All amounts on PDF credit notes are positive.

*'''FACTURE_DEPOSITS_ARE_JUST_PAYMENTS''' ► An old way to create initial payment. This treats deposit invoices as a special case and not as legal deposit invoice. Deposit invoices don't get counted on turnover. They are then applied as a payment, like a discount, on the final invoice. By default, when you include the deposit into draft of final invoice, the amount of final invoice is reduced. With this option, final amount is not reduced but a payment is registered. WARNING: In a lot of european countries, using this option is not allowed.

*'''FACTURE_SENDBYEMAIL_FOR_ALL_STATUS''' ► Can send invoice by email to customer even if invoice has status "draft".

*'''INVOICE_CREDIT_NOTE_STANDALONE''' ► Start implementation to allow a credit note even without invoice (dangerous) ► (v3.9)

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION''' ► Enable the "situation invoice" feature. Warning, this feature is bugged and may not be compatible with the final version of the feature once the bug will be solved. Also, using the double-entry accountancy module is not possible when this option is on (due to the same design problem).

*'''INVOICE_USE_SITUATION_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Enable the "situation credit note" feature (need <code>INVOICE_USE_SITUATION</code>) ► (v8.0)
*'''INVOICE_USE_RETAINED_WARRANTY''' ► Enable the retained warranty on invoice ► (v14.0)

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_DEPOSIT''' ► Disable deposit invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_REPLACEMENT''' ► Disable replacement invoices

*'''INVOICE_DISABLE_CREDIT_NOTE''' ► Disable credit notes

*'''INVOICE_ADD_ZATCA_QR_CODE''' ► Add a QR code with format ZATCA (for Saudi Arabia) on PDF of invoices.

Note: To decode a QR image of a ZATCA code: https://www.onlinebarcodereader.com/. You can also use the mobile application https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.posbankbh.einvoiceqrreader&gl=FR

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► See PDF option

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► See PDF options

*'''WORKFLOW_BILL_ON_SHIPMENT''' ► Change label of button with suitable label when you need to create invoice on shipments

*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. Use the tag __DIRECTDOWNLOAD_URL_INVOICE__ in email template to insert it. ► (v7.0+)

*'''INVOICE_POINTOFTAX_DATE''' ► Add Point of Tax Date on invoices for country-specific legality reasons ► (v4.0+)
*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' ► Can validate an invoice when amount is negative

*'''FACTURE_ENABLE_NEGATIVE_LINES''' ► Allows to add negative lines to an invoice ► (v8.0.2+)

*'''INVOICE_USE_DEFAULT_DOCUMENT''' ► Allow user to select a default invoice documents models according to invoice type. On invoice create page, the model is dynamically changed on invoice type selection. ► (v9.0+)

*'''FACTURE_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object (Proposal,...) when creating the bill.
*'''FACTUREFOURN_REUSE_NOTES_ON_CREATE_FROM''' ► Reuse the Public Note and Private note of the previous object when creating the supplier bill ► (V13.0)
*'''MAIN_SHOW_FACNUMBER_IN_DISCOUNT_LIST''' ► Display the reference of credit notes in discount list when creating the bill.
*'''INVOICE_ALLOW_FREE_REF''' ► Capability to change reference of an invoice. This will be possible as long as the invoice has the status “Draft” and only if your country is not in Europe(V11)

*'''INVOICE_DISALLOW_REOPEN'''

*'''INVOICE_MAX_FUTURE_DELAY''' ► Numbers of seconds allowed for billing in the future ► (V14.0)
*'''INVOICE_AUTO_NEXT_MONTH_ON_LINES''' ► Increase start date and end date by one month, if an invoice line is a clone of a time based service AND if this services started on the first day of month and ended on the last day of month ► (V13.0.1)
*'''INVOICE_KEEP_DISCOUNT_LINES_AS_IN_ORIGIN''' ► Does not change a line with a negative price into an absolute discount when creating an invoice ► (V16 ?)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Leave=

*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SATURDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the saturday as a working day
*'''MAIN_NON_WORKING_DAYS_INCLUDE_SUNDAY''' ► Set this value to 0 if you want to have the sunday as a working day

=Look or Theme=

*'''MAIN_FAVICON_URL''' ► favicon url

*'''MAIN_EASTER_EGG_COMMITSTRIP''' ► Show a comic image from the CommitStrip website. Images are refreshed daily. ► (v6.0+)

*'''MAIN_STATUS_USES_CSS''' ► Change status design using new style ► (v10.0+)

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_GLOBAL_STATS_IN_OPENED_DASHBOARD''' ► This conf will auto remove global stats box item if there are already in the new dashboard of opened elements and keep displayed stats on the opened item box (not only on mouse over) ► (v11.0+)

*'''MAIN_USE_TOP_MENU_SEARCH_DROPDOWN''' ► Actually only for eldy theme, this conf move search input to top menu and use new design too ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_AGRESSIVENESS_RATIO''' ► This conf can be used to increase/decrease agressiveness of colors. Value 0 is medium, value is between -100 (light grey colors) to +100 (very flashy colors) ► (v11.0+)

*'''THEME_SHOW_BORDER_ON_INPUT'''
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_WORKBOARD''' ► Hide the workboard of the main page ► (v13.0+)
*'''MAIN_DISABLE_GLOBAL_BOXSTATS''' ► Hide the Statistic Box of the main page
*'''ALLOW_THEME_JS ►''' Allow JS file in theme folder (same name as theme folder)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=MultiCurrency=

*'''MAIN_MULTICURRENCY_ALLOW_SYNCHRONIZATION''' ► Enable CurrencyLayer API synchronization

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Order Module=

*'''MAIN_USE_PROPAL_REFCLIENT_FOR_ORDER''' => Copy customer reference from proposal to order. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_REQUIRE_SOURCE''' => Make the input field "Source of order" mandatory.

*'''ORDER_VALID_AFTER_CLOSE_PROPAL''' => When an order is created on a proposal close, the order is directly defined with status "Validated".

*'''ORDER_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' => When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''ORDER_ENABLE_NEGATIVE''' => Can validate an order when amount is negative

*'''THIRDPARTY_PROPAGATE_EXTRAFIELDS_TO_ORDER''' => Copy also extrafields from thirdparty to order (if name match). ► (v11.0+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=PDF Options=

*'''MAIN_ADD_PDF_BACKGROUND''' ► Define this constant with short name of a PDF file (example "<code>mypdf.pdf</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany</code>". This will add PDF as a background of some of your generated PDF files (proposals,invoices,orders). If you need to concat PDF, see instead [[Module Concat PDF]].

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FORCE_SAVEAS''' ► If your browser always asks to save downloaded files on disk (like PDF), try this this option. File may be displayed directly in your browser.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_AUTOUPDATE''' ► Disable automatic generation of PDF each time we add/update/delete a product line (we can still build document by clicking on "Generate"). This option may increase interface speed on servers with low CPU.

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_PDF_COMPRESSION''' ► Disable PDF compression.

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_WITH_PICTURE_WIDTH''' ► Can change size of picture when hidden option <code>MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE</code> is used. By default value is <code>20</code>.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_SHOW_FOOT_DETAILS''' ► Adding the company address at the bottom of the page. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer proposals.
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_ORDERS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer orders.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_INVOICES_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for customer invoices.

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier proposals ► (v5.0.3+)
*'''MAIN_GENERATE_SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Include the first image of the product into the line of the generated PDF for supplier orders

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT''' ► Disable VAT on generated documents. like for an association. (Works with crabe template)

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_DOCUMENTS_WITHOUT_VAT_COLUMN''' ► Hide column with VAT information but only column not total.

*'''MAIN_INVERT_SENDER_RECIPIENT''' ► Invert sender and recipient in some PDF. Note: This option is set automatically if country if Germany.

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF''' ► Activate ODT to PDF conversion. Value can be "libreoffice" or "unoconv". Do not use value '''<nowiki/>'jodconverter'<nowiki/>''' any more, as it is declared deprecated and partly not functional, use value '''<nowiki/>'libreoffice'''' instead, it requires only '''soffice''' (OpenOffice or LibreOffice) installed on server (use '''apt install soffice libreoffice-common libreoffice-writer''').

If you got this error: javaldx failed! Warning: failed to read path from javaldx with no return to prompt when running soffice --headless -env:UserInstallation=file:"/tmp" --convert-to pdf --outdir xxx ./yyy.odt, check that directory defined into env:UserInstallation parameters exists and is writeable.

You may also have a look at this page if your server is on Windows: [[Générer automatiquement des documents PDF à partir de fichier ODT avec Doliwamp]]

*'''MAIN_ODT_AS_PDF_DEL_SOURCE''' ► For ODT generation. If set, then initial behaviour is conserved but ODT file is removed when option to convert it as PDF (see previous) is on. Disabled by default

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT''' ► To ignore font defined into language file and force usage of a particular font. For example "<code>DejaVuSans</code>".

*'''MAIN_PDF_FORCE_FONT_SIZE''' ► To force size of font (by default 10). For example "<code>12</code>" ► (v11.0)

*'''MAIN_PDF_FREETEXT_HEIGHT''' ► Change height of space reserved to output the free text.

*'''MAIN_PDF_TITLE_BACKGROUND_COLOR''' ► Can define a background color onto title line. Example: <code>220,220,200</code>

*'''MAIN_PDF_USE_LARGE_LOGO''' ► Use the original logo with its higher resolution into the PDF instead of the small thumb. This may lead to very very large PDF !

*'''MAIN_USE_BACKGROUND_ON_PDF''' ► Define this constant with short name of an image (example "<code>myimage.jpg</code>") that must be saved into directory "<code>documents/mycompany/logos</code>". This will add this background image into your generated PDF files.

*'''MAIN_USE_COMPANY_NAME_OF_CONTACT''' ► Use contact name and information rather than company

*'''MAIN_PDF_ADDALSOTARGETDETAILS''' ► If 1, add details of reipient on generated PDFs (email, fax, url and phone). Can be useful in cases where a printed order/invoice etc is given to a delivery driver/courier etc.

*'''MAIN_TVAINTRA_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show VAT N° in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries. Note that VAT number should be already visible in footer of page ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► Add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID1_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 1 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID2_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 2 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID3_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 3 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID4_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 4 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID5_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 5 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''MAIN_PROFID6_IN_SOURCE_ADDRESS''' ► Show Professional ID 6 in source address of PDF to comply with legalities in certain countries ► (v8.0.1+)

*'''PDF_BANK_HIDE_NUMBER_SHOW_ONLY_BICIBAN''' ► Hide bank number ("code banque/guichet/compte" for France, "sort code/account number" for GB, ...) and keep only BIC/IBAN on PDF.

*'''PDF_BOLD_PRODUCT_REF_AND_PERIOD''' ► Add more visibility (bold) on product ref and period of service in desc. ► (v12.0)

*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_REF_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► Modify the use/position of Supplier Ref/Internal Ref with the item Label (name) on PDF documents.

Default (constant not set or Value <code>0</code>): Internal ref followed by supplier ref in brackets."COMPANY-REF-001 (Vendor SKU SUPPLIER-REF-001) - LABEL...".

Value <code>1</code>: Supplier ref only eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 - LABEL...".

Value <code>2</code>: Supplier ref followed by internal ref in brackets. eg."SUPPLIER-REF-001 (InternalRef COMPANY-REF-001) - LABEL...".

*'''PDF_INCLUDE_ALIAS_IN_THIRDPARTY_NAME''' ► Include alternative/alias name into name on PDF.

*'''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION''' ► Encrypt PDF produced by dolibarr ► (v?) . See additional parameters :PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_RIGHTS (block 'modify' or 'copy') - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_USERPASS''' - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_OWNERPASS''' (random if not specified) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_STRENGTH''' (0 = RC4 40 bit; 1 = RC4 128 bit; 2 = AES 128 bit; 3 = AES 256 bit) - '''PDF_SECURITY_ENCRYPTION_PUBKEYS''' Array of recipients containing public-key certificates ('c') and permissions ('p') - For example: array(array('c' => 'file://../examples/data/cert/tcpdf.crt', 'p' => array('print')))

*'''PDF_SHOW_PROJECT''' ► Show project onto PDF (supported on supplier order only for the moment)

*'''PDF_USE_1A''' ► PDF files produced by dolibarr respect PDF/A standard ► (v?)

*'''PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE''' ► The value of this constant must be a language code ('fr_FR', 'en_US', 'sa_SA', ...). If set, the PDF document will contains both language (default and the one defined by the constant).
*'''DOC_SHOW_FIRST_SALES_REP''' ► Show the sales representant on header (at least on propal azur and rubis template)
*'''MAIN_PDF_DASH_BETWEEN_LINES'''
*
*'''SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF'''
*'''PDF_HIDE_PRODUCT_LABEL_IN_SUPPLIER_LINES''' ► hide product label in supplier order lines (V15+)
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_DISPLAY_AMOUNT_HT''' ► Show HT unit price and HT total price for lines of PDF shipment

*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_FACTURE''' ► To Hide product description in Customer Invoice
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_COMMANDE''' ► To Hide product description in Sales Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ORDER_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Purchase Order
*'''MAIN_DOCUMENTS_HIDE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_INVOICE_SUPPLIER''' ► To Hide product description in Vendor Invoice

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Point of Sale (POS)=

*'''CASHDESK_SHOW_KEYPAD''' ► Show a mouse key pad into the 'Simple Point of Sale' module.

*'''POS_ADDON''' ► Set this value to an existing numbering module rule (for example '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>', '<code>mod_facture_mars</code>', ...) to force the numbering module to use for invoice ref definition when invoice is created by the POS. For example setting value <code>POS_ADDON</code> to '<code>mod_facture_terre</code>' will use the numbering module '<code>terre</code>' for invoice generated from POS, whatever is the numbering rule defined into invoice module setup (you can also use POS_NUMBERING_TERRE_FORCE_PREFIX and POS_NUMBERING_MARS_FORCE_PREFIX variable to change the prefix used).

*'''TAKEPOS_ENABLE_SUMUP''' ► Enable the compatibility of TakePOS with the card reader terminal [https://SumUp.fr SumUp]
*'''TAKEPOS_CAN_FORCE_BANK_ACCOUNT_DURING_PAYMENT''' ► Possibility to force the bank account during the payment in TakePOS ► (v13.0)
*'''TAKEPOS_CONTROL_CASH_OPENING''' ► Control the cash openning
*'''TAKEPOS_NUMPAD_FORCE_PAYMENT_ICONS_LABELS'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Products Module=

*'''CATEGORY_GRAPHSTATS_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Show graph of products with categories and totals in Products Area screen

*'''MAIN_PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOMCOUNTRYCODE''' ► Avoid customs code and country of origin to be set as product description when added to Propal/Order/Invoice

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_TYPE_IN_DOCUMENTS''' ► Add text "Product" or "Service" at beginning of details lines on built PDF documents.

*'''PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE''' ► When Ajax search is enabled, search is done on criteria anywhere in label of product. By adding this option, search is done only on start of label. This is really faster when you have a huge number of products.

*'''MAIN_DIRECT_STATUS_UPDATE''' ► Allows you to change the status of the product (''for sale/not for sale for purchase/not for purchase'') directly on the product page via a ''on/off'' switch button. This can be convenient for those who need to quickly disable certain statuses of products without having to go through the editing product page individually. Also can be very useful if used as a filter on the product and product search list. This option doesn't generate a MODIFY trigger, so be careful with external modules. ► (v4.0+)

*'''MAIN_SEARCH_PRODUCT_BY_FOURN_REF''' ► Allow to search a product by supplier ref in document's add line form. ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_DISABLE_FREE_LINES''' ► Disallow using free lines to add line in documents ► (>= 8.0)

*'''MAIN_SHOW_PRODUCT_ACTIVITY_TRIM''' ► Show Product and Services turnover before for all four quarters tax over recent years recent years on the product area ► (v5.0+)

*'''PRODUIT_DESC_IN_LIST''' ► Show long description of product/service into lists.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PROPAGATE_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ON_CHILD_COMPANIES''' ► Disable propagation of prices per customer from a customer to its child company.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PUBLIC_URL''' ► Disable public url in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_STOCK_LEVELS''' ► Disable properties of stock limits and desired optimal value on product ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_NATURE''' ► Disable nature in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_WEIGHT''' ► Disable weight in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_PRICES''' ► Disable prices in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_ACCOUNTING''' ► Disable accounting in product card ► (v14.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SIZE''' ► Disable size in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_LENGTH''' ► Disable length in product card ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SURFACE''' ► Disable surface in product card. ► (v4.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_VOLUME''' ► Disable volume in product card.

*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_CUSTOM_INFO''' ► Disable custom info (custom code and country origin) in product/service card.

*'''PRODUIT_MULTIPRICES_USE_VAT_PER_LEVEL''' ► When option to use price per level/segment is on, this allows to also set a dedicated vat for each price level.

*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY''' ► If price per quantity ► ''Experimental''
*'''PRODUIT_CUSTOMER_PRICES_BY_QTY_MULTIPRICES''' ► If price per quantity and customer ► ''Experimental''

*'''PRODUCT_LOT_ENABLE_QUALITY_CONTROL''' ► Enable feature (Display fields for life time and quality control druration) for quality control on product and lot

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_LENGTH_COMBO''' ► Limit the length of the label displayed when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders

*'''PRODUCT_MAX_VISIBLE_PHOTO''' ► Show a maximum number of product photos (as thumbnails) on the product main card. Example, setting this constant to '<code>5</code>' will show the first five product photos found on the product card.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► Enable module Propal merge product PDF

*'''PRODUCT_USE_OLD_PATH_FOR_PHOTO''' ► Ask dolibarr to check also old path (before 3.7) where photos were stored.

*'''PRODUCT_USE_UNITS''' ► Add another units on products (Use same dictionnary as default unit feature) and propagate this unit on line of documents.

*'''RESOURCE_ON_PRODUCTS''' ► Allow to affect ressources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''RESOURCE_ON_SERVICES''' ► Allow to affect ressources on products/services ► (v10.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_SHOW_ORIGIN_IN_COMBO''' ► Show origin of products when adding lines in proposals/invoices/orders ► (v12.0+)
*'''PRODUIT_ATTRIBUTES_HIDECHILD''' ► Add option hide child if variantes

*'''PRODUCT_ADD_FORM_ADD_TO''' ► Add a product to a draft proposal/order/invoice, from the product card.
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_SELLBY''' ► Hide the Sell by date ► (v13.0+)
*'''PRODUCT_DISABLE_EATBY''' ► Hide the Eat by date ► (v13.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_DENY_CHANGE_PRODUCT_TYPE''' ► Forbid to change the product type

*'''PRODUCT_SORT_BY_CATEGORY''' ► Sort the product by categories instead of by ID
*'''PRODUCT_ADD_NET_MEASURE''' ► Support Net Measure in product's card.php (For real weight, volume or piece; needed for some business ie fruits, vegetables....). Note brut value is already available natively, use this option only if you need 2 weights, 2 volumes, ...for each product) ► (v11.0.1+)
*'''PRODUCT_PRICE_BASE_TYPE''' ► value 'TTC' / 'HT' specify the default value of the price (with or without taxes) ► (v16.0.0+)

*'''PRODUCT_LOAD_EXTRAFIELD_INTO_OBJECTLINES''' ► Load product extrafiled on object lines

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Projects Module=

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_TO_LINK_FROM_OTHER_COMPANY''' ► Can link an object to a project of another thirdparty
*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_PROJECT''' ► Add comment feature on a project

*'''PROJECT_ALLOW_COMMENT_ON_TASK''' ► Add comment feature on project task

*'''PROJECT_CAN_ALWAYS_LINK_TO_ALL_SUPPLIERS''' ► Enable linking a project to any supplier even when using the third party link feature. Note: Set to 1 by default from 3.7.

*'''PROJECT_CREATE_ON_OVERVIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "create ..." button on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_DISABLE_UNLINK_FROM_OVERVIEW''' ► Enable removing the button from a link in the project overview. ► (>= v8.0.1)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_UNSELECTABLES''' ► Hide into select list, all project that we can't select (closed or draft)

*'''PROJECT_HIDE_TASKS''' ► Hide tasks. For user using project only as an analytics key and not using tasks.

*'''PROJECT_LIST_SHOW_STARTDATE''' ► Shows start date of projects in project lists.

*'''PROJECT_LINK_ON_OVERWIEW_DISABLED''' ► Hide the "link to" form on the overview page ► (v4.0)

*'''PROJECT_SHOW_REF_INTO_LISTS''' ► Add column with project ref into list (with 3.7 list of supplier invoices only, will be expanded to other lists)

*'''PROJECT_TIME_ON_ALL_TASKS_MY_PROJECTS''' ► Can add time spent on tasks, even if i am not assigned to task (however, task must be a project i am a contact).

*'''PROJECT_OPEN_ALWAYS_ON_TAB''' ► Set to value 'task', or 'preview' to always open the project on the given tab instead of main tab.
*
*
*'''PROJECT_ELEMENTS_FOR_MINUS_MARGIN'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Proposals Module=

*'''MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE''' ► Add a picture of the product (the first one found if there are several) into the generated PDF of proposals. Note that using this will reduce the available width for the product description.

*'''MAIN_PROPAL_CHOOSE_ODT_DOCUMENT''' ► On setup page, you'll be able to select which ODT document to use when close or cancel proposals.

*'''MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING''' ► add optional esign field in pdf propal ► (v8.0+)

*'''PROPAL_CLONE_ON_CREATE_PAGE''' ► On the create proposal page, ask if we want to create the proposal by cloning an already existing one. You should use instead the "Clone" button available on existing proposals.

*'''PROPAL_DISABLE_SIGNATURE''' ► Do no show the box for signature.

*'''PRODUIT_PDF_MERGE_PROPAL''' ► When generating the proposal PDF, all PDFs linked to products linked to proposal are also included into final PDF

*'''PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a PDF is generated, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key. ► (v7.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_AUTO_ADD_AUTHOR_AS_CONTACT''' ► Add Proposal Author as user contact follow proposal

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM''' ► Do not show the payment term on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE''' ► Do not show the payment mode on proposal ► (v11.0+)

*'''WORKFLOW_PROPAL_CAN_CLASSIFY_BILLED_WITHOUT_INVOICES''' ► Button "Classified Billed" is visible on proposal even if there is no invoice linked to proposal.
*'''PROPAL_REOPEN_UNSIGNED_ONLY''' ► Do not allow reopening of signed (or billed) proposals. (V15)
*'''PROPOSAL_ARE_NOT_BILLABLE''' ► Disable billing button on proposals (V15)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=Services Module=

*'''SERVICE_ARE_ECOMMERCE_200238EC''' ► If seller and buyer are in Europe and buyer is not a company, use the VAT of buying country. For french speaking people, see also the page [[Loi_européenne_TVA_Vente_à_Distance_VAD_et_e-commerce_BtoC]].

*'''MAIN_FILL_SERVICE_DATES_FROM_LAST_SERVICE_LINE''' ► (v13.0) On add line form add a button to fill service dates from the last service line

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Shipments=

*'''STOCK_WAREHOUSE_NOT_REQUIRED_FOR_SHIPMENTS''' ► If set, you can add a shipment line, with no stock source defined. ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''SHIPMENT_GETS_ALL_ORDER_PRODUCTS''' ► Add all order lines in shipment, including the one with 0 in quantity
*'''SHIPPING_PDF_HIDE_ORDERED''' ►Hide column quantity ordered on shippment pdf (>=15.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Stocks=

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DISABLE_STOCK_DISPATCH_WHEN_TOTAL_REACHED''' ► Disable stock dispatch when total expected was already received

*'''STOCK_EXCLUDE_VIRTUAL_PRODUCTS''' ► If product is a virtual product, we do not manage stock for it.

*'''ENTREPOT_EXTRA_STATUS''' ► Instead of the 2 status (Closed, Open), a Warehouse has 3 status: Closed, Open (for all movements), Open (for internal movement only). Internal movement only means you can't use the warehouse to make shipment or receptions.
*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_STATUS_FOR_VIRTUAL_STOCK''' ► For the calculation of virtual stocks, by default supplier orders with the status 3 (ordered) and 4 (partially received) are used. You can enter the list of statuses to be taken into account separated by commas for this calculation (example: 0,1,2,3)
*'''STOCK_MOVEMENT_LIST_HIDE_UNIT_PRICE''' ► to hide unit price on some pages (V15+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Suppliers Module=

*'''FOURN_PRODUCT_AVAILABILITY''' ► On the Suppliers price page of the products, activate the supplier product availability. ''This is duplicate feature with delivery_delay introduced with 3.8.''

*'''RELOAD_PAGE_ON_SUPPLIER_CHANGE''' ► On creation of a supplier order/invoice, reload form with supplier-specific details when supplier is selected from drop-down list.

*'''SUPPLIER_INVOICE_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier invoice to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_AUTOADD_USER_CONTACT''' ► Add user approving supplier order as a contact automatically.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_DEFAULT_PAYMENT_MODE_ID''' ► Set the default payment method for suppliers (<code>rowid</code> in table <code>llx_c_paiement</code>).

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_USE_DISPATCH_STATUS''' ► Add a status on each dispatch order line when receiving products from suppliers ► (v4.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_NO_DIRECT_APPROVE''' ► No button "Validate and Approve". Always do step "Validate" and "Approve" in 2 steps.

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier order to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_ORDER_EDIT_BUYINGPRICE_DURING_RECEIPT''' ► Can modify the buying price used for PMP calculation when making a stock reception on a supplier order. ► (v6.0+)

*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_WITH_PREDEFINED_PRICES_ONLY''' ► Restrict selection of products in supplier proposal to only those with a buying price defined for that supplier. ► (v6.0+)

*'''DISPLAY_DISCOUNTED_SUPPLIER_PRICE''' ► Allow to display discounted supplier price when searching product in supplier documents ► (v10.0)

*'''MAIN_CAN_EDIT_SUPPLIER_ON_SUPPLIER_ORDER''' ► Allow to change the supplier on a draft supplier order ► (v10.0)
*
*'''SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Third Parties Module=

*'''COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX''' ► Add a REGEX rule on the third parties names. It applies a regex replacement pattern on generated code if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX is set. Value must be a regex with parenthesis. The part into parenthesis is kept, the rest removed. For example if COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX = '<code>^..(..)..(.*)</code>' the first char and second char are removed and the char 5 and 6 too ► (>= 8.0.1)

*'''MAIN_UNKNOWN_CUSTOMERS_ARE_COMPANIES''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''MAIN_USE_VAT_COMPANIES_IN_EEC_WITH_INVALID_VAT_ID_ARE_INDIVIDUAL''' ► See in Global options section.

*'''SOCIETE_EMAIL_MANDATORY''' ► E-mail is a mandatory field when creating a thirdparty

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_CUSTOMERS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to customers

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PROSPECTS''' ► Remove all menu and features related to prospects

*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_STATE''' ► Do not use field "state/province"

*'''SOCIETE_SORT_ON_TYPEENT''' ► The combo list of "type of third party" is sorted on alphabetical order instead of the field "position" that appears into dictionary instead.

*'''SOCIETE_ASK_FOR_SHIPPING_METHOD''' ► Shipping method can be predefined on customer card and will be used as default on order creation
*'''SOCIETE_ADD_REF_IN_LIST''' ► Displays the code before the name in the lists ► Value 1 -> Code + name + alias ou Code + name if colone alias 2 -> Code + alias 3 -> Alias

*'''THIRDPARTY_CAN_HAVE_CATEGORY_EVEN_IF_NOT_CUSTOMER_PROSPECT_SUPPLIER''' ► Possible to add Categories to third parties that are not customer, prospect or supplier.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX1''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use second tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_USELOCALTAX2''' ► When creating a new third party, the field "Use third tax" is set to on or off depending on value of this parameter.

*'''THIRDPARTY_NOTCUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Do not set status "Customer/Prospect" to "on" when creating a new third party from menu "New third party".

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PARENT_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on parent third party when using the "link to" object feature.

*'''THIRDPARTY_INCLUDE_PROJECT_THIRDPARY_IN_LINKTO''' ► Search also for elements on third party that own the project of the current element when using the "link to" object feature (if project is owned by a different thirdparty than current one).

*'''THIRDPARTY_LOGO_ALLOW_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD''' ► When a logo is uploaded, a share key is automatically set so the file can be downloaded using the share key.

*'''THIRDPARTY_SUGGEST_ALSO_ADDRESS_CREATION''' ► Enabled contact creation on third-party create card
*'''THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS''' ► Personalized search criterias ► Example: $conf->global->THIRDPARTY_QUICKSEARCH_ON_FIELDS = 's.nom=ThirdPartyName;s.name_alias=AliasNameShort;s.code_client=CustomerCode'
*'''MEMBER_CAN_CONVERT_CUSTOMERS_TO_MEMBERS''' ► Enabled member creation on third-party create card
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_PARENTCOMPANY''' ► Disables attachment to a parent company.
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERPROSPECT_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to customer by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_SUPPLIER_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party to supplier by default
*'''THIRDPARTY_CUSTOMERTYPE_BY_DEFAULT''' ► Set the third party type by default (3 = customer & prospect / 2 = prospect / 1 = customer )
*'''CONTACT_DISABLE_PERSONALINFO''' ► Disable Personal data on contact page
*'''SOCIETE_DISABLE_WORKFORCE''' ► Disable work force selector on society page
*'''SOCIETE_SHOW_VAT_IN_LIST''' ► display VAT number in combo list of thirdparties ► (V15+)
*'''THIRDPARTY_DEFAULT_CREATE_CONTACT''' ► When set, a contact is created at the creation of an invidual third party ► (v14.0)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Ticket Module=

*'''TICKET_SHOW_MESSAGES_ON_CARD''' ►Display all ticket related messages on the main ticket card. ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_ASSIGN_CONTRACT_CREATE''' ►Automatically create a contract linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''TICKET_AUTO_CREATE_FICHINTER_CREATE''' ►Automatically create an intervention linked to the ticket ► (>= 10.0)
*'''WORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION''' ►On ticlet close, automatically close an intervention linked to the ticket
*'''TICKET_CHECK_NOTIFY_THIRDPARTY_AT_CREATION''' ►Automatically check "notify thirdparty at creation" ( >=16)
*'''TICKETS_MESSAGE_FORCE_MAIL''' ► Precheck email sending on ticket message (>=15)
*'''TICKET_SEND_PRIVATE_EMAIL ►''' Allow a private message to be sent by mail (>=17)

 

=VAT Report=

*'''MAIN_INCLUDE_ZERO_VAT_IN_REPORTS''' ► Include lines with VAT to 0% (for "auto-liquidation" in EEC) ► (v8.0.3+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=Website Module=

*'''WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS''' ► Add a table and a tab to manage some accounts for websites to a third party
*
*
*'''WEBSITE_ADD_CSS_TO_BODY'''

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=WYSIWYG Editor=

*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_DETAILS_FULL''' ► Can cut and paste external images (hosted on external server) into description of proposal, orders or invoices. WARNING: PDF generation is not guaranteed with this. Also if the image is removed or renamed by the image hosting service, your proposal, order or invoice will be broken.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ALLOW_ANY_CONTENT''' ► Allow to enter any content. However, this will totally disable content filtering which is one of the most important CKEditor features. You can use this to keep all your tags and attributes in the html content.
*'''FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_SCAYT_AUTOSTARTUP ►''' Allow to activate the SpellCheckAsYouType (SCAYT) plugins of CKEditor i.e an automatic spell checking. The value to activate this option is 1.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=STRIPE Module=

*'''STRIPE_FORCE_VERSION''' ► Force the STRIPE version. For Example: "2019-09-09" (v11+)
*'''STRIPE_REUSE_EXISTING_INTENT_IF_FOUND''' ► With this, you will have idempotency key but the payment intention will be reuse and not Generate again (13+)

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

=ClickToDial Module=

*'''CLICKTODIAL_FORCENEWTARGET''' ► Open in new page.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

 

=For SaaS / Cloud hosting integrators=

The following options are useless for a common usage of Dolibarr. But they are usefull if you plan to host / provide Dolibarr instances as Software As A Service (SAAS) to your customers.

*'''CRON_DISABLE_KEY_CHANGE''' ► When you provide an instance to a customer, you probably also add an entry in the cron of this user so Dolibarr batch and scheduler can work correctly. For security purpose, it may have a security key that is inside the command line into the cron entry and this entry must match the value defined into Dolibarr setup (setup of module 'Scheduled Jobs'). Because, a customer of a Saas platform will probably have no access to edit the cron file, it is also import that he has no way to edit the key into the Dolibarr setup, so the key in the cron command line will always match the key in Dolibarr setup, and the Dolibarr batches will executed without security errors. To be sure, the customer does not change the value, you can set this constant to 1 into the table [[Table_llx_const]].

*'''CRON_DISABLE_TUTORIAL_CRON''' ► Disable the tutorial about how to install the cron script (on a SaaS hosting, this should be done by the web hosting provider)

*'''CRON_WARNING_DELAY_HOURS''' ► Set this value to the frequency set for the cron script (so a warning will be shown to user to warn it about max frequency of its scheduled jobs)

*'''MAILING_NO_USING_PHPMAIL''' ► To avoid bad use of the emailing module, it is recommended to set this option to 1 (This option is described previously). Also you can complete the message visible by customers when they try to setup the SMTP credentials of their Dolibarr by using the constant MAILING_SMTP_SETUP_EMAILS_FOR_QUESTIONS (This option is described previously). For example, you can point to a FAQ on your website.

*'''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' ► If you set a limit on number of recipient on your system, you can set some option to match the same values so users will be informed: So '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' restricts sending of 1 email message to <code>x</code> recipients for the same email message (x for To: + CC: + BCC:). If not defined, value is <code>10</code>. Required to fight against spamming that include a ton of recipients in 1 message. Note that '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_TO_IN_SAME_EMAIL''', '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_CC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' and '''MAIL_MAX_NB_OF_RECIPIENTS_BCC_IN_SAME_EMAIL''' are also available. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYDAY''' ► This is a limit of number of emails, an instance can send. Note that this is not a hard limit; it is just the quantity that will be displayed on warnings on screen. For a real limit, this must be implemented into the system.

*'''MAILING_LIMIT_WARNING_PHPMAIL''' ► Set this value to a translation key. Then add translation keys into the instance so user will see a message when into the email setup page. For example, you can set a message to say ''Warning: To avoid abuse, when using default setup, you are restricted to 500 emails per day for all your application (account may be suspended in case of violation of this rule. You can setup application to use your own SMTP server for sending email so you want have no restriction at all (see menu Home-Setup-Emails)''

*'''MAIN_ALWAYS_CREATE_LOCK_AFTER_LAST_UPGRADE''' ► If set, when you launch upgrades of your customer instances, you are sure that the upgrade process recreate automatically the file install.lock so the administration tools like install.php and repair.php can't be used on your customer instance (until the lock file is deleted).

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS''' ► (A better name of this option should be MAIN_EXTERNAL_MAIL_CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS). Set here the list of IPs where your Dolibarr instances are hosted. So when your customer go into the setup area of email:
**If he chose mail method, a message will explain him how to setup its SPF record for its email domain (showing the list of IP). This is to avoid to have its emails, sent from its Dolibarr instance, fails due to strict antispam rule of some emailing servers.
**If he chose smtp method, a message will explain him the list of IP he can use if there is restriction on IP by the SMTP agent. If you also need to add a message to help SPF setup, see option '''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD'''.

*'''MAIN_EXTERNAL_SMTP_SPF_STRING_TO_ADD''' ► Set here the string to add in the SPF record This string will be shown into a help message when the user in in the setup of email page and has choose a method using an external SMTP server.

*'''MAIN_FIRST_PING_OK_ID''' ► Set this value to "disabled" to remove completely any ping after a complete setup.

*'''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX''' and '''MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT''' ► If you offer a customized or patched version of Dolibarr, when the user will use the tool to check the integrity of files, the default xml file name used for signature checking will be the official file provided by the Dolibarr team, so it does not includes your own changes. To have the suggested signature file being your own file, you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_SUFFIX to a suffix. For example, set this to "'''-mysaassolution'''". So, when the user will use the file integrity tool, the default file to check for signature will be "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml'''" instead of "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2.xml'''". All you have to do is generate the signature file '''mysaassolution''' using the tool '''build/generate_filelist_xml.php''' and put this file into the install directory of your customer instance. Doing this, your customer, and yourself, will be able to check if a file was modified without being disturbed by false alerts due to your customized files or patches (they will be included in the signature used for check). Also, if you want to zip the customized signature file into "'''/install/filelist-10.0.2-mysaassolution.xml.zip'''", you can set the constant MAIN_FILECHECK_LOCAL_EXT to '.zip'.

*'''MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP''' ► Set to 1 by default (so warning is hidden). You can set it to 0 to show a warning to encourage admin to set its own SMTP service.

*'''MAIN_MIN_NB_ENABLED_MODULE_FOR_WARNING''' ► If set to N, the warning saying modules are not activated will be shown if number of activated module is < N (Having this variable not defined is same than having it set to 1). This may be usefull if you preinstall an application with some modules already loaded by default and you want to keep the warning to be sure the user will enable other modules he need, even if some modules are already enabed.

*'''MAIN_NO_UPGRADE_REDIRECT_ON_LEVEL_3_CHANGE''' ► The page to make the migration is not shown automatically when deploy files of version X.Y.Z+delta are installed on database version X.Y.Z. The upgrade page will be shown automatically only if there is a change on value of X or Y in version.

*'''SYSLOG_DISABLE_LOGHANDLER_SYSLOG''' ► Set this to 1 to disable usage of syslog (having all customer instances logging in the same system file is not a good idea).

*'''WEBSITE_REPLACE_INFO_ABOUT_USAGE_WITH_WEBSERVER''' ► Put here a text or a translation key of a text to show when the user will use the feature "Deploy" when he want to deploy a website done with Dolibarr CMS. So you can, for example, show him a message that this feature is not part of its subscription and putting a website online may need a complementary subscription.

[[#Top|(back to top)]]

Système de Triggers

2023-06-05T08:58:45Z

Altairis-benjamin: Suite modification nom de la méthode.

[[en:Triggers]]
[[es:Triggers-acciones]]


{{TemplateDocDevFr}}

=Ajouter son code sur un événement métier=

Pour permettre de déclencher du code personnalisé en réaction à un événement Dolibarr (création/modification/suppression d'une société/facture/produit/utilisateur ou autre), Dolibarr propose un mécanisme de triggers métiers. Ce mécanisme vous permet de personnaliser un workflow afin que les événements de gestion Dolibarr soient répercutés dans une autre application par exemple.
Rien n'empêche également de l'utiliser pour modifier le comportement de Dolibarr même: par exemple, pour que la validation d'une facture provoque la création d'un contrat automatiquement.

Notez que les Triggers sont une fonctionnalité pour les développeurs qui est limitée aux événements métiers CRUD (Créer | Lire (Read) | Mettre à jour (Update) | Supprimer (Delete)). Il existe une autre fonctionnalité permettant aux développeurs d'injecter du code personnalisé dans une application appelée le [[Système de Hooks]].

Donc, pour ajouter son propre code qui sera déclenché par trigger, la procédure est la suivante:

1) Copier le fichier modèle '''htdocs/modulebuilder/template/core/triggers/interface_99_modMyModule_MyModuleTriggers.class.php''' sous le nom:

*'''interface_99_all_''Xxx''.class.php'''

ou bien

*'''interface_99_mod''MonModule_Xxx''.class.php'''

où ''Xxx'' est une chaine de votre choix commençant par une majuscule, ''99'' est le numéro de priorité du trigger (''01'' étant le plus prioritaire), ''MonModule'' est le nom du module si votre trigger ne doit être activé que si le module MonModule est actif. Si on désire que le trigger soit toujours actif, on mettra ''all'' à la place de modMonModule.
Il faut laisser ce nouveau fichier dans le même répertoire.
Rem: Les valeurs utilisables pour modMonModule sont visibles dans le répertoire
''htdocs/core/modules''.
'''ATTENTION''': '''Tous''' ces paramètres sont nécessaires pour que le trigger soit détecté! Ex: si vous oubliez le numéro de priorité, le module ne sera pas detecté!

Par exemple, on pourra nommer notre nouveau trigger:
''htdocs/core/triggers/interface_99_modFacture_Monworkflow.class.php''

En créant un fichier nommé comme dans cet exemple, notre nouveau trigger sera déclenché à chaque évènement métier Dolibarr et à condition que le module Facture soit actif.

'''Note''': Avec Dolibarr 3.2+, il est aussi possible de placer les fichiers triggers dans un sous-dossier de module. Ex: si le module réside dans htdocs/mymodule/, alors il est possible de placer les triggers dans htdocs/mymodule/core/triggers/.
Mais dans ce cas, le trigger ne sera trouvé que si vous le déclarer dans le fichier descripteur de votre module. Pour cela, ajouter triggers->1 dans le tableau module_parts (ex: '''/monmodule/core/modules/modMonModule.class.php'''):
<source lang="php">
// Defined all module parts (triggers, login, substitutions, menus, etc...) (0=disable,1=enable)
$this->module_parts = array('triggers' => 1);
//$this->module_parts = array('triggers' => 1,
// 'login' => 0,
// 'substitutions' => 0,
// 'menus' => 0);
</source>
Puis désactiver et réactiver le module. Ceci aura pour effet d'ajouter une ligne dans la [[Table llx_const]] pour indiquer à Dolibarr qu'il faut aussi rechercher les triggers dans le répertoire de votre module '''htdocs/monmodule/core/triggers'''.

2) Editer ce fichier ''interface_99_modMonModule_Monworkflow.class.php'' afin de renommer la classe ''InterfaceDemo'' par ''InterfaceMonworkflow''

Ensuite, accéder à la page Accueil-> Infos Systèmes -> Dolibarr -> Triggers.
Votre fichier trigger doit apparaitre dans la liste sans erreur indiquant que les opérations précédentes ont été réalisées avec succès.

3) Revenez maintenant à l'édition du fichier trigger afin d'ajouter votre code dans la fonction ''runTrigger''.
Cette fonction est appelée à chaque évènement Dolibarr. Placer votre code en fonction du ou des évènements sur lesquels vous voulez réagir, chaque évènement étant identifié par un code (voir chapitres suivant pour la liste des codes), on peut réagir ou non à un évènement donné par un test sur la variable '''$action''':

<source lang="php">
public function runtrigger($action,$object,$user,$langs,$conf)
{
// Mettre ici le code à exécuter en réaction de l'action
// Le type de l'évènement Dolibarr est stocké dans $action
// Les données de l'action sont stockées dans $object
// La configuration, utilisateur et langage sont dans $conf,$user et $lang
if ($action == 'COMPANY_CREATE')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_MODIFY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_DELETE')
...
}
</source>

Vous pouvez faire ce que vous voulez dans cette portion de code du moment que la fonction runTrigger renvoie un code retour sur le principe suivant:

<0 si ko, 0 si aucune action faite, >0 si ok

Vous pouvez de plus dans cette fonction utiliser les objets suivant:

*'''$object''' est l'objet sur lequel porte l'action (voir chapitre suivant)
*'''$user''' est l'objet de l'utilisateur Dolibarr qui réalise l'action
*'''$langs''' est l'objet qui contient la langue de l'utilisateur Dolibarr
*'''$conf''' est l'objet qui contient toute la configuration de Dolibarr.

4) Une fois le code réalisé, il n'y a plus qu'à tester, en provoquant l'évènement déclencheur dans Dolibarr. Attention, l'appel au '''runTrigger''' et encapsuler dans un transaction. Si votre trigger renvoie un code ko, la fonction appelante peut annuler la transaction (ceci dépend de la fonction appelante).
Ajouter des traces dans un fichier dans la fonction '''runTrigger''' afin de vous assurer que le code s'exécute bien. Vous pouvez pour cela si vous le désirer, utiliser la fonction
dol_syslog("mon texte de trace", LOG_DEBUG);

=Liste des événements gérés=
Voici un vue rapide des événements qui provoquent une recherche et exécution de triggers. Un événement est caractérisés par la valeur du code '''$action''', avec le type de l'objet reçu dans '''$object'''.

Remarque: Le [[Module Agenda]] et le [[Module Notification Fr]] utilise la table [[Table llx c action trigger]] comme liste de triggers connus. Cela évite de scanner le disque pour avoir cette information mais cette table ne contient qu'une liste très limité des triggers.

En général, le code action de trigger commence par le nom du module suivi du caractère _.

{{TemplateListOfTriggers}}

Liste non exhaustive.

=Créer de nouveaux événements Triggers=

Pour gérer d'autres événements que ceux ci-dessus, il faut modifier le code Dolibarr pour y ajouter la séquence suivante dans les méthodes métiers des classes des objects manipulés:

<source lang="php">
// Call trigger
//$this->context = array('paramX'=>$valueX);
$result=$this->call_trigger('XXXXX_YYYYY',$user);
if ($result < 0) $error++;
// End call triggers
</source>

Il sera alors possible d'ajouter dans la méthode runTrigger de tout fichier trigger, un if qui permet de gérer ce code. La méthode runTrigger serait alors de la forme :

<source lang="php">
function run_trigger($action,$object,$user,$lang,$conf)
{
// Mettre ici le code à exécuter en réaction de l'action
// Le type de l'évènement Dolibarr est stocké dans $action
// Les données de l'action sont stockées dans $object
// La configuration, utilisateur et langage sont dans $conf,$user et $lang
if ($action == 'XXXXX_YYYYY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_CREATE')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_MODIFY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_DELETE')
...
}
</source>

=Conclusion=
Vous pouvez donc en quelques minutes, ajouter une interface Dolibarr vers exterieur sans risque puisqu'on ne touche pas au code Dolibarr, on s'est contenté de placer un nouveau fichier trigger dans le répertoire des triggers.
Si cette interface peut être utile à d'autre, n'hésitez pas à la packager en tgz (voir la page [[Développement_module#Créer_un_package_pour_livrer_et_installer_votre_module]]) et de la soumettre dans l'espace des téléchargement-contributions sur le site de Dolibarr.

=Voir aussi=

*[[Système de Hooks]]
*[[Interfaces Dolibarr vers exterieur]]
*[[Interfaces Exterieur vers Dolibarr]]

Système de Triggers

2023-06-05T08:57:18Z

Altairis-benjamin: Modifiation du nom de la fonction runTrigger, qui était erronée.

[[en:Triggers]]
[[es:Triggers-acciones]]


{{TemplateDocDevFr}}

=Ajouter son code sur un événement métier=

Pour permettre de déclencher du code personnalisé en réaction à un événement Dolibarr (création/modification/suppression d'une société/facture/produit/utilisateur ou autre), Dolibarr propose un mécanisme de triggers métiers. Ce mécanisme vous permet de personnaliser un workflow afin que les événements de gestion Dolibarr soient répercutés dans une autre application par exemple.
Rien n'empêche également de l'utiliser pour modifier le comportement de Dolibarr même: par exemple, pour que la validation d'une facture provoque la création d'un contrat automatiquement.

Notez que les Triggers sont une fonctionnalité pour les développeurs qui est limitée aux événements métiers CRUD (Créer | Lire (Read) | Mettre à jour (Update) | Supprimer (Delete)). Il existe une autre fonctionnalité permettant aux développeurs d'injecter du code personnalisé dans une application appelée le [[Système de Hooks]].

Donc, pour ajouter son propre code qui sera déclenché par trigger, la procédure est la suivante:

1) Copier le fichier modèle '''htdocs/modulebuilder/template/core/triggers/interface_99_modMyModule_MyModuleTriggers.class.php''' sous le nom:

*'''interface_99_all_''Xxx''.class.php'''

ou bien

*'''interface_99_mod''MonModule_Xxx''.class.php'''

où ''Xxx'' est une chaine de votre choix commençant par une majuscule, ''99'' est le numéro de priorité du trigger (''01'' étant le plus prioritaire), ''MonModule'' est le nom du module si votre trigger ne doit être activé que si le module MonModule est actif. Si on désire que le trigger soit toujours actif, on mettra ''all'' à la place de modMonModule.
Il faut laisser ce nouveau fichier dans le même répertoire.
Rem: Les valeurs utilisables pour modMonModule sont visibles dans le répertoire
''htdocs/core/modules''.
'''ATTENTION''': '''Tous''' ces paramètres sont nécessaires pour que le trigger soit détecté! Ex: si vous oubliez le numéro de priorité, le module ne sera pas detecté!

Par exemple, on pourra nommer notre nouveau trigger:
''htdocs/core/triggers/interface_99_modFacture_Monworkflow.class.php''

En créant un fichier nommé comme dans cet exemple, notre nouveau trigger sera déclenché à chaque évènement métier Dolibarr et à condition que le module Facture soit actif.

'''Note''': Avec Dolibarr 3.2+, il est aussi possible de placer les fichiers triggers dans un sous-dossier de module. Ex: si le module réside dans htdocs/mymodule/, alors il est possible de placer les triggers dans htdocs/mymodule/core/triggers/.
Mais dans ce cas, le trigger ne sera trouvé que si vous le déclarer dans le fichier descripteur de votre module. Pour cela, ajouter triggers->1 dans le tableau module_parts (ex: '''/monmodule/core/modules/modMonModule.class.php'''):
<source lang="php">
// Defined all module parts (triggers, login, substitutions, menus, etc...) (0=disable,1=enable)
$this->module_parts = array('triggers' => 1);
//$this->module_parts = array('triggers' => 1,
// 'login' => 0,
// 'substitutions' => 0,
// 'menus' => 0);
</source>
Puis désactiver et réactiver le module. Ceci aura pour effet d'ajouter une ligne dans la [[Table llx_const]] pour indiquer à Dolibarr qu'il faut aussi rechercher les triggers dans le répertoire de votre module '''htdocs/monmodule/core/triggers'''.

2) Editer ce fichier ''interface_99_modMonModule_Monworkflow.class.php'' afin de renommer la classe ''InterfaceDemo'' par ''InterfaceMonworkflow''

Ensuite, accéder à la page Accueil-> Infos Systèmes -> Dolibarr -> Triggers.
Votre fichier trigger doit apparaitre dans la liste sans erreur indiquant que les opérations précédentes ont été réalisées avec succès.

3) Revenez maintenant à l'édition du fichier trigger afin d'ajouter votre code dans la fonction ''run_trigger''.
Cette fonction est appelée à chaque évènement Dolibarr. Placer votre code en fonction du ou des évènements sur lesquels vous voulez réagir, chaque évènement étant identifié par un code (voir chapitres suivant pour la liste des codes), on peut réagir ou non à un évènement donné par un test sur la variable '''$action''':

<source lang="php">
public function runtrigger($action,$object,$user,$langs,$conf)
{
// Mettre ici le code à exécuter en réaction de l'action
// Le type de l'évènement Dolibarr est stocké dans $action
// Les données de l'action sont stockées dans $object
// La configuration, utilisateur et langage sont dans $conf,$user et $lang
if ($action == 'COMPANY_CREATE')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_MODIFY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_DELETE')
...
}
</source>

Vous pouvez faire ce que vous voulez dans cette portion de code du moment que la fonction runtrigger renvoie un code retour sur le principe suivant:

<0 si ko, 0 si aucune action faite, >0 si ok

Vous pouvez de plus dans cette fonction utiliser les objets suivant:

*'''$object''' est l'objet sur lequel porte l'action (voir chapitre suivant)
*'''$user''' est l'objet de l'utilisateur Dolibarr qui réalise l'action
*'''$langs''' est l'objet qui contient la langue de l'utilisateur Dolibarr
*'''$conf''' est l'objet qui contient toute la configuration de Dolibarr.

4) Une fois le code réalisé, il n'y a plus qu'à tester, en provoquant l'évènement déclencheur dans Dolibarr. Attention, l'appel au '''runtrigger''' et encapsuler dans un transaction. Si votre trigger renvoie un code ko, la fonction appelante peut annuler la transaction (ceci dépend de la fonction appelante).
Ajouter des traces dans un fichier dans la fonction '''run_trigger''' afin de vous assurer que le code s'exécute bien. Vous pouvez pour cela si vous le désirer, utiliser la fonction
dol_syslog("mon texte de trace", LOG_DEBUG);

=Liste des événements gérés=
Voici un vue rapide des événements qui provoquent une recherche et exécution de triggers. Un événement est caractérisés par la valeur du code '''$action''', avec le type de l'objet reçu dans '''$object'''.

Remarque: Le [[Module Agenda]] et le [[Module Notification Fr]] utilise la table [[Table llx c action trigger]] comme liste de triggers connus. Cela évite de scanner le disque pour avoir cette information mais cette table ne contient qu'une liste très limité des triggers.

En général, le code action de trigger commence par le nom du module suivi du caractère _.

{{TemplateListOfTriggers}}

Liste non exhaustive.

=Créer de nouveaux événements Triggers=

Pour gérer d'autres événements que ceux ci-dessus, il faut modifier le code Dolibarr pour y ajouter la séquence suivante dans les méthodes métiers des classes des objects manipulés:

<source lang="php">
// Call trigger
//$this->context = array('paramX'=>$valueX);
$result=$this->call_trigger('XXXXX_YYYYY',$user);
if ($result < 0) $error++;
// End call triggers
</source>

Il sera alors possible d'ajouter dans la méthode runTrigger de tout fichier trigger, un if qui permet de gérer ce code. La méthode run_trigger serait alors de la forme :

<source lang="php">
function run_trigger($action,$object,$user,$lang,$conf)
{
// Mettre ici le code à exécuter en réaction de l'action
// Le type de l'évènement Dolibarr est stocké dans $action
// Les données de l'action sont stockées dans $object
// La configuration, utilisateur et langage sont dans $conf,$user et $lang
if ($action == 'XXXXX_YYYYY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_CREATE')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_MODIFY')
{
dol_syslog("Trigger for action '$action' launched. id=".$object->id);
}
elseif ($action == 'COMPANY_DELETE')
...
}
</source>

=Conclusion=
Vous pouvez donc en quelques minutes, ajouter une interface Dolibarr vers exterieur sans risque puisqu'on ne touche pas au code Dolibarr, on s'est contenté de placer un nouveau fichier trigger dans le répertoire des triggers.
Si cette interface peut être utile à d'autre, n'hésitez pas à la packager en tgz (voir la page [[Développement_module#Créer_un_package_pour_livrer_et_installer_votre_module]]) et de la soumettre dans l'espace des téléchargement-contributions sur le site de Dolibarr.

=Voir aussi=

*[[Système de Hooks]]
*[[Interfaces Dolibarr vers exterieur]]
*[[Interfaces Exterieur vers Dolibarr]]

Loi finances sur les logiciels de caisse et Certification NF525 ou LNE

2023-03-22T14:19:49Z

Altairis-benjamin: Correction d'une erreur de vocabulaire.

<seo metak="loi finance 2016, loi finance 2018, loi finance 2019, NF525, logs inaltérables, logiciels de caisse, logiciels comptabilité, TPE" />
Ceci est une page d'explication de l'Article 88 de la Loi finance 2016 (n° 2015-1785 du 29 décembre 2015), communément appelée Loi anti-fraude à la TVA, applicable au 1er janvier 2018 en France (cette loi ayant donné lieu à la certification NF525 ou encore au principe d'attestation de conformité).

=Résumé=

La '''loi finances 2016, article 88 modifiant le 286 du CGI''', impose à tous les commerçants, '''assujettis à la TVA hors franchise en base de TVA''' (et seulement ces derniers) ET qui sont équipés d'un "logiciel ou système de caisse" (comprendre logiciel d'encaissement d'argent, cela inclut les logiciels de gestion) ET qui réalisent de l'encaissement de particuliers, d'utiliser un logiciel dans un cadre "conforme" à la loi finance 2016, et ce dès le 1er janvier 2018.

La "conformité Loi Finance" dite aussi "Anti Fraude TVA" est absolument sans aucun rapport avec la notion de "Compatible avec les normes de logiciels comptables", normes requises pour établir les documents fiscaux officiels et les télétransmettre à l'administration. Ces normes (par exemple "la compatibilité avec le format FEC", obligatoire depuis le 1er janvier 2014 et [https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichCodeArticle.do?cidTexte=LEGITEXT000006069583&idArticle=LEGIARTI000027804775 défini ici], ou encore "la compatibilité pour télétransmission EDI") existent d'ailleurs depuis plusieurs années, bien avant la loi finance 2016, et concernent uniquement le "logiciel de comptabilité" de l'expert comptable qui approuve les comptes, logiciel utilisé en fin de chaîne pour produire la liasse fiscale. Seul ce dernier logiciel a cette contrainte de "compatibilité logiciel comptable" : le logiciel de gestion ou de suivi de l'entreprise (comme par exemple Dolibarr), même si il est utilisé pour réaliser une comptabilité interne de l'entreprise (par exemple en préparation d'export vers le logiciel de l'expert-comptable, ou utilisé pour offrir un suivi ou mâcher le travail du comptable pour réduire son coût), n'a aucune obligation sur le point de '''logiciel comptable''', si c'est un autre qui sert pour établir les documents légaux...

Par contre, ce logiciel de gestion d'entreprise peut avoir l'obligation d'être '''conforme Loi finance 2016 - Anti Fraude TVA'''. Ce qui est tout autre chose. Cette conformité s'applique à tout "logiciel d'encaissements", ce qui est différent de "logiciel comptable" (et donc s'applique aux logiciels de facturation ou de gestion avec saisie d'encaissements, aux logiciels de caisse enregistreuse (Point de Vente) et, éventuellement, aux logiciels de comptabilité si c'est lui qui est utilisé pour saisir et suivre les encaissements clients, ce qui est rarissime car cela sous-entend que la gestion de l'entreprise est faite directement dans le logiciel du comptable qui certifie les comptes).

Cette conformité "Loi Finance" pour son logiciel d'encaissement, peut s'obtenir de 3 manières différentes ('''une seule des 3 solutions suffit'''):

*Par l'utilisation d'une version '''certifiée Loi Finance''' du logiciel (Exemple via l'obtention de la certification LNE ou l'obtention de la norme NF525 de l'AFNOR). Une version certifiée l'est pour tout le monde mais, pour évoluer, il faut attendre la prochaine version certifiée, et le processus de certification est long et coûteux pour l'éditeur. Le principe de certification n'est donc plus adapté aux logiciels modernes ni aux logiciels en Cloud/SaaS qui évoluent rapidement). Le choix de conformité du logiciel par obtention d'une certification LNE ou NF525 n'est donc pas celui fait majoritairement par les éditeurs. La certification LNE ou NF525 n'est donc absolument pas obligatoire (même si les éditeurs qui ont fait ce choix essaie de sous-entendre le contraire), à condition qu'une des autres solutions pour être conforme soit mis en oeuvre (voir point suivants).

ou bien

*Par obtention d'une '''attestation individuelle de conformité Loi Finance''' décernée par une société Tiers, comme un éditeur ou intégrateur informatique (Voici un exemple de modèle d'attestation suggéré par le gouvernement: http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10692-PGP.html). Une attestation est individuelle, chaque société utilisatrice doit en obtenir une, auprès d'un Tiers, pour elle même. Remarque: pour cette solution, il faut employer le terme de "Attestation" et non de "Certification", ce dernier terme étant réservé pour la première solution. Mais hélas 9 fois sur 10, on trouvera le terme "certification" ou "certifié" pour ce cas également, car le plus utilisé et mieux compris du grand publique, entrainant des confusions.

ou bien

*En '''se délivrant à soi-même cette attestation''' (sans la demander à un tiers donc), on parle d'auto-attestation, mais ce cas est limité aux sociétés qui ont, entre autre, une activité '''avérée''' d'édition de logiciel de caisse (le code Nace n'ayant qu'une valeur indicative statistique, c'est votre activité réelle, dont il vous revient d'en démontrer le côté avéré qui sera pris en compte, et non un code Nace spécifique comme cela avait été cité dans des versions intermédiaires de textes sur le travail de la loi)

Le chapitre "Historique" vous permet de voir les rebondissements et changements de direction de la loi. Connaitre ces rebondissements aide à comprendre pourquoi de nombreux acteurs se sont trompés ou continuent de se tromper sur cette loi. Le chapitre d'après "Questions / Réponses" vous offre une vue rapide de la loi '''définitive''' par une approche de questions/réponses.

==Historique de la définition de la loi et rebondissements==

Pour ceux qui ont le temps de lire (sinon allez directement au chapitre "Conclusion" ou aux "FAQ"), voici un flux qui décrit les documents originaux qui ont été communiqués par le gouvernement et les mises à jours qui ont suivi pour définir le périmètre et la conclusion de la loi, avec les rebondissements :

*Voici l'article, '''pour sa publication au BOFIP, de la version définitive du 04/07/2018''': https://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20180704

Pour résumer, cette publication indique qu'il faudra, pour toute société/organisme ''"... assujettie à la taxe sur la valeur ajoutée (TVA) qui effectue des livraisons de biens et des prestations de services à destination de clients particuliers et qui enregistre les règlements reçus en contrepartie au moyen d’un logiciel ou d'un système de caisse, est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel ou un système qui satisfasse aux conditions d'inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d'archivage des données en vue du contrôle de l'administration fiscale. ... Le respect des conditions d'inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d'archivage des données peut être justifié par un certificat délivré par un organisme accrédité '''ou''' par une attestation individuelle de l'éditeur. ..."''

Le texte mentionne bien également qu'il n'y a pas obligation à s'informatiser pour tracer ses paiements (''"... En revanche, cette disposition ne crée pas d'obligation de s'équiper d'un logiciel ou système de caisse..."'') mais si cela est fait, et que l'on est dans le périmètre, le texte est applicable.

'''Historique :'''

Voici l'article '''initial''' de la loi finance, datant du 29/12/2015: [https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865&idArticle=LEGIARTI000031734740&dateTexte=20151230 Article sur LegiFrance]

Voici l'article, '''pour sa publication au BOFIP''', du 03/08/2016: https://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20160803

[[File:Warning.png]] 15 juin 2017: Communiqué de presse du cabinet du ministère: http://proxy-pubminefi.diffusion.finances.gouv.fr/pub/document/18/22503.pdf ->
Seules les "logiciels de caisse" seraient concernés (la définition de logiciel de caisse n'est toutefois pas encore apportée, elle le sera le 15 juillet 2018, voir la suite).
Dès logiciels ERP (comme Dolibarr), ainsi que les logiciels de site ecommerce (comme Prestashop, Magento, ...) n'étant dans pas la catégorie logiciels de caisse (Les ERP sont dans la catégorie logiciels de gestion), on aurait cru que l'obligation de mise en conformité, et tout ce qui suit, semblait ne plus être avéré pour eux, mais la suite des événements (voir la suite) indiquera le contraire si vous enregistrez dans le logiciel des paiements de particuliers, quelquesoit la catégorie du logiciel (seules les sociétés encaissant exclusivement d'autres sociétés, ou ceux en tva en franchise, seront finalement exemptées)...

[[File:Warning.png]] 27 septembre 2017: Voici l'avenant publié le 27 septembre 2017 qui réduit la portée/périmètre de la loi aux seuls "logiciels de caisse": http://www.assemblee-nationale.fr/15/projets/pl0235.asp (Article 46). En d'autres terme, les applications ERP (Comme Dolibarr) semblent la encore ne plus être concernées, mais la suite des événements (voir la suite) indiquera le contraire si vous encaissez des particuliers (seules les sociétés encaissant exclusivement d'autres sociétés, ou ceux en franchises seront finalement exemptées)...

Suite aux questions des industriels de l'informatique, une FAQ, issue du ministère des finances, est alors parue pour tenter de clarifier le périmètre. Elle indique que tous les assujetis à TVA qui vendent à un non assujetti (particuliers) sont concernés. Si on lit tel quel cette FAQ, alors le périmètre est non seulement pas réduit, comme communiqué par le ministère dans son courrier du 15 juin, mais élargit, y compris aux sites e-commerce. Cette FAQ est le premier élément qui apporte donc une définition au terme "système de caisse" en considérant tout logiciel traçant des encaissements, comme "systeme de caisse".
Des amendements ont été rédigés pour tenter de clarifier ou restreindre cette définition, voir la suite...

[[File:Warning.png]] 14 octobre 2017: Une reformulation du texte, plus complète que la FAQ, est donnée stipulant qu'une entité est concernée... "''Si elle effectue des livraisons de biens et des prestations de services ne donnant pas lieu à facturation conformément à l’article 289 et enregistre ces opérations au moyen d’un logiciel ou d'un système de caisse'' ... ". Dans ce cas, il faut "''... utiliser un logiciel ou un système satisfaisant à des conditions d'inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d'archivage des données en vue du contrôle de l'administration fiscale, attestées par un certificat délivré par un organisme accrédité dans les conditions prévues à l'article L. 433-4 du code de la consommation OU par une attestation individuelle de l'éditeur, conforme à un modèle fixé par l'administration ;''"

Il est aussi précisé: ''« 2. Les assujettis bénéficiant d'une franchise de taxe mentionnée à l'article 293 B, ceux placés sous le régime du remboursement forfaitaire prévu aux articles 298 quater et 298 quinquies et ceux effectuant exclusivement des opérations ou des prestations exonérées de taxe sur la valeur ajoutée sont dispensés de l'obligation mentionnée au 3° bis du I. » ; ''

Voir: [https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/eli/loi/2017/12/30/CPAX1723900L/jo/texte/fr#JORFARTI000036339313 Article sur LegiFrance] pour le texte complet mentionnant ces 2 points.

[[File:Warning.png]] 20 novembre 2017: Nouveaux éléments permettant de mieux cibler le périmètre. En effet, l'amendement II-CF15 = II-1649 de la loi Finance 2018 sur l'article 46 pour exclure les encaissements de particuliers qui font l'objet de fabrication d'une facture en bon et du forme (afin d'exclure les ERP et plateforme ecommerce) a été rejeté en séance à l'assemblée: Seule l'encaissement de sociétés est bien hors périmètre. En effet, considérant que l'administration a le droit de vérification chez les clients de type société, les traces fournies par les factures suffisent pour assurer un contrôle satisfaisant, mais ce droit n'existe pas en ce qui concerne la facturation des particuliers. Dans ce cas la, même la facture est peu utile à l'administration et par conséquent les contraintes d'inaltérabilité deviennent requises, même si on émet une facture en bon et du forme. Cette conclusion fait suite aux échanges suites à l'amendement II-CF15 = II-1649 de la loi Finance 2018 sur l'article 46.

Pour info, texte complet de la tentative d'amendement: http://www.assemblee-nationale.fr/15/amendements/0235C/AN/1649.asp ou en PDF http://www.assemblee-nationale.fr/15/amendements/0235C/CION_TOUTE/CF15.pdf

Et voici les extraits importants de la discussion:

D'abord, la tentative de M. Bruno Millienne pour tenter d'exclure les logiciels émettant des factures en bon et du forme:

''M. Bruno Millienne. "[...]le renvoi à l’article 289 du code général des impôts – CGI – ne vise que les cas d’émission de factures obligatoires au sens fiscal pour les opérations entre assujettis ou personnes morales. En l’état, le texte conduirait à appliquer le dispositif de certification ou d’attestation à toutes les opérations réalisées avec les particuliers, même lorsqu’elles donnent lieu à l’émission de factures conformes au CGI, par exemple dans le cadre du commerce électronique. [...] La rédaction actuelle de l’article peut conduire à requalifier en logiciel de caisse un logiciel de facturation, si des factures sont émises à l’attention d’un particulier ou d’une administration, ou un logiciel de comptabilité, si des règlements sont comptabilisés directement par l’utilisateur. L’éditeur deviendrait ainsi responsable du mode d’utilisation de son logiciel par l’assujetti. Il est impossible de transposer les exigences d’un logiciel de caisse à un logiciel de facturation : leurs fonctionnalités respectives sont totalement différentes. Actuellement, il existe des dispositifs de certification en matière de caisse, mais pas en matière de facturation."''

''...''

Réponse de ''M. Joël Giraud, rapporteur général de la commission des finances, de l’économie générale et du contrôle budgétaire: Avis défavorable. L’article 46 précise que l’obligation de certification ne vaut que pour les logiciels ou systèmes de caisse. L’obligation ne concernera plus les progiciels de gestion intégrée ou de comptabilité : pour ces logiciels multifonctions qui traitent à la fois la comptabilité, la gestion et la caisse, seuls les modules caisse enregistreuse et encaissement devront être certifiés, non l’ensemble du logiciel.''

''...''

Et enfin le complément de ''M. Benjamin Griveaux, secrétaire d’État auprès du ministre de l’économie et des finances: Avis défavorable. Une facture n’est obligatoire, au sens fiscal, que dans le cadre d’une relation B to B – business to business, c’est-à-dire d’entreprise à entreprise. L’administration fiscale peut la contrôler car elle dispose d’un droit de communication envers l’entreprise cliente. A contrario, elle ne peut exercer de droit de communication auprès des particuliers. Cet amendement conduirait donc à exclure du dispositif de sécurisation les entreprises qui émettent des factures contenant les mentions légales, qu’elles soient adressées à des entreprises ou à des particuliers. Je suis donc l’avis du rapporteur général quant au risque de fraude accrue que cet amendement ferait courir.''

La discussion complète de la séance ayant rejeté l'amendement est disponible ici: http://www.assemblee-nationale.fr/15/cri/2017-2018/20180063.asp#P1103690

'''En conclusion, l'amendement ayant été rejeté, il faut en déduire que la volonté est bien d'intégrer, dans le périmètre, toutes les parties/modules de logiciels, utilisés comme caisse enregistreuse OU pour enregistrer des paiements de particuliers (logiciel ecommerce, de caisse, de gestion,...)''' et que l'émission de facture en bon et du forme à des particuliers ne suffit pas pour sortir du périmètre...

[[File:Warning.png]] 30 décembre 2017:

L'article 88 qui disaient ''..toute personne assujettie à la taxe sur la valeur ajoutée (TVA) qui enregistre les règlements de ses clients au moyen d'un logiciel de comptabilité ou de gestion ou d'un système de caisse, doit utiliser un logiciel ou un système satisfaisant à des conditions d'inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d'archivage des données en vue du contrôle de l'administration fiscale''
est complété par l'article 105 qui remplace "''logiciel de comptabilité ou de gestion ou d'un système de caisse''" par "''logiciel ou d'un système de caisse''"

[[File:Warning.png]] 23 janvier 2018: Un représentant du projet Dolibarr, avec des représentants de l'APRIL et du logiciel libre de caisse Pasteque, ont été reçus au ministère des finances afin d'échanger sur l'interprétation du texte. Les interprétations faites sur cette page (ainsi que les réponses faites aux FAQ qui suivent) ont pu être confirmées.
Toutefois, il y a intention de réduire le périmètre aux seuls logiciels de caisse. A suivre donc. Une version de travail revue, du Bofip doit être publiée à un comité restreint d'acteurs, dont l'April, fin janvier, afin de faciliter le travail d'interprétations, pour une publication officielle au printemps. En attendant, on ne peut qu'attendre (Cette publication aura lieu finallement le 4 juillet 2018 et une grande partie de nos retours s'avèrera prise en compte).

[[File:Warning.png]] 18 mai 2018: Réponse du gouvernement à quelques questions sur le sujet: https://www.nosdeputes.fr/15/question/QE/3257 . La réponse évoque l'année de tolérance en précisant que l'utilisateur devra montrer sa diligence en cas de contrôle (Soin appliqué à la mise en oeuvre de l'obtention de l'attestation individuelle)

[[File:Warning.png]] 5 juin 2018: Réponse du gouvernement à quelques questions sur le sujet: https://www.nosdeputes.fr/15/question/QE/2736 . La réponse évoque l'année de tolérance en précisant que l'utilisateur devra montrer sa diligence en cas de contrôle (Soin appliqué à la mise en oeuvre de l'obtention de l'attestation individuelle)

[[File:Warning.png]] 4 juillet 2018: Publication de la version corrigée du texte de loi au BOFIP: https://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20180704. Cette version conforte tous les points évoqués (le texte clarifie la loi et confirme que les interprétations vu ci-dessus s'avéraient justes), avec toutefois 2 ajouts majeures:

*La définition de logiciel de caisse a été donnée:

''Un logiciel ou système de caisse est un système informatique doté d'une fonctionnalité de caisse, laquelle consiste à mémoriser et à enregistrer extra-comptablement des paiements reçus en contrepartie d'une vente de marchandises ou de prestations de services c'est-à-dire que le paiement enregistré ne génère pas concomitamment, automatiquement et obligatoirement la passation d'une écriture comptable.''

''Ne sont pas considérés comme enregistrés extra-comptablement, quel que soit le mode de paiement, les paiements pour lesquels le logiciel ou système déclenche obligatoirement, instantanément et automatiquement, sans intervention humaine, une écriture dans le système d’information comptable.''

''Sont visés tous les logiciels ou systèmes de caisse permettant l'enregistrement des règlements de leurs clients quel que soit le mode de règlement (espèces, chèques, CB, virements, prélèvements...).''
Cette obligation s'applique y compris en cas d'enregistrement sur un logiciel ou système accessible en ligne.

''Sans que cette liste ne soit limitative, sont concernés par l'obligation les instruments de mesures réglementés, comme les balances, mais également les rampes de boissons automatisées, les automates de paiement ou encore les distributeurs automatiques de marchandises (boissons, gâteaux…) qui disposent d'une fonctionnalité de caisse.''

''Seule cette fonctionnalité de caisse, et non les autres fonctions telles que celles relatives à la pesée, doivent être certifiées.''"

*L'article 35 qui est un allègement du périmètre: Les professionnels réalisant leur paiement avec l'intermédiation d'un établissement de crédit européen ne sont plus soumis à l'obligation de certification ou attestation. Mais attention, on parle bien de paiements "directs" (donc Virement ou Carte de Débit ou de Crédit mais pas chèques qui n'est pas "direct") et surtout via un système de paiement géré par un organisme bancaire européen. En d'autres terme, si on ne fait que du paiement CB avec un module de VAD d'une banque, on est NON soumis à la certification/attestation mais si le paiement CB (carte de crédit ou débit) se fait par un service comme Stripe ou Paypal, sauf à être exempté pour un autre motif, on l'est toujours (car l'état français n'a pas de moyen d'obtenir le listing des transactions via ces solutions non européennes, bien que le paiement soit par carte bancaire).

==Conclusion pour le logiciel Open Source Dolibarr ERP CRM==

Dolibarr ERP CRM est une application de gestion qui enregistre des factures (factures acomptes, avoirs ou standards). L'application permet aussi d'enregistrer des paiements. Le module POS (celui fourni par défaut appelé TakePOS), fonctionne aussi sur le principe de génération systématique de facture et d'enregistrement du paiement en temps réel. L'application est donc bien dans le périmètre (comme n'importe quel autre ERP, logiciel de caisse ou de Ecommerce). Mais en tant qu'utilisateur, vous n'êtes concerné que si vous n'etes pas en franchise de base ET si vous l'utilisez pour saisir des '''encaissements''' de particuliers (B2C=Business To Consumer) ou en mode mixte, à savoir encaissement aussi bien de particuliers (B2C) et d'entreprises (B2B), quelquesoit le ratio entre les 2. Si vous ne facturez QUE des professionnels, dans ce cas, vous n'êtes pas concerné par la LF2016 (Loi finance 2016, applicable depuis 2018).

Dans le cas où vous utilisez le module Facture, ou le module POS, pour encaisser des particuliers, et êtes assujettis à la TVA mais pas en franchise, vous êtes concerné. Il vous faut alors vous assurer que le module "Log inaltérable" ("BlockedLog") est bien activé. Sa désactivation, une fois les premières saisies faites ne sera ensuite plus envisageable. Avec Dolibarr v10 ou plus et l'activation de ce module vous aurez alors une version conforme sur le plan technique et fonctionnel. Il vous faudra ensuite, obtenir une attestation de conformité auprès d'un tiers qui confirme cette conformité technique/fonctionnelle pour être conforme d'un point de vue juridique. Si vous utilisez une version en ligne Saas/Cloud fournie par un tiers, ce dernier vous la fournira surement (voir exemples sur https://saas.dolibarr.org). Dans le cas contraire, il vous faut contactez votre intégrateur informatique ou un prestataire pouvant fournir cette d'attestation.

Remarque: cette contrainte sera identique quelque soit l'ERP choisi. L'utilisation d'outils non spécialisés comme un tableur Excel ou autre, DANS LE BUT D'AVOIR UNE CONSERVATION DE TRACES DES PAIEMENTS, ne devient plus permis car le logiciel n'étant pas conforme, vous ne réussirez pas à trouver un prestataire pour fournir l'attestation de conformité. Par contre, si l'utilisation que vous faites d'Excel ou autre tableur est à des fins juste de "génération du PDF de la facture" sans ''conservation des données'' (Le texte de loi parle alors de logiciel "facturier"), vous pouvez continuer à l'utiliser ainsi. Dans le cas où l'utilisation est faite pour conserver trace de vos paiements, et si vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi, un logiciel '''certifié OU attestable''' sur la partie encaissement (comme l'est Dolibarr) devient obligatoire.

Voyons aussi, par une autre approche, à savoir un système de question-réponse, comment synthétiser autrement tout cela:

=Questions / Réponses (FAQ)=

==J'utilise Dolibarr ou autre logiciel ERP, suis-je concerné, pour quelle fonctionnalité ?==

*Votre logiciel n'est concerné que si vous êtes '''assujetties à la TVA (et pas en franchise en base de TVA)''', ET si vous l'utilisez pour saisir des '''encaissements de particuliers''' (B2C=Business To Consumer) ou en mode mixte, à savoir encaissement aussi bien de particuliers (B2C) et d'entreprises (B2B), quelque soit le ratio entre les 2, quelque soit les modes de paiement utilisés (sauf à ne faire que du paiement direct par l'intermédiation d'un organisme bancaire européen). Donc:
**si vous n'encaissez pas d'argent, vous n'êtes PAS concerné.
**si vous êtes une association/organisme non assujettie à la TVA (association, médecin, ...), vous n'êtes PAS concerné.
**si vous êtes un professionnel bénéficiant du régime de remboursement forfaitaire de TVA agricole, vous n'êtes PAS concerné.
**si vous êtes un auto-entrepreneur, vous n'êtes (peut-être) PAS concerné (dispense si vous relevez de la franchise en base).
**si vous êtes une entreprise dont l'intégralité des encaissements est réalisée avec l'intermédiation directe d’un établissement de crédit (système de paiement VAD d'une banque ou Virements), vous n'êtes PAS concerné. Remarque: Des encaissements par Carte bancaire via Paypal ou via Stripe ne sont pas des encaissements avec intermédiation directe d’un établissement de crédit, car ni Paypal ni Stripe ne sont des établissements de crédit (comprendre Banque).
**si vous ne facturez QUE des entreprises/professionnels, dans ce cas, vous n'êtes PAS concerné non plus par la loi finance (non B2C). Remarque: Si vous facturez des professionnels la plupart du temps et, exceptionnellement de temps en temps des particuliers via un mode de paiement non assuré par un organisme de crédit européen, si vous pouvez gérer/suivre ces facturations de particuliers à part sur papier, vous sortez alors du champ et n'êtes pas concerné.

Si vous n'êtes dans aucun des cas d'exception précédent, vous êtes concernés si vous utilisez le module Facture pour enregistrer vos paiements et/ou le module POS. Il vous faut alors vous assurer que le module "Log inaltérable" ("BlockedLog") fourni avec la v10 ou plus est bien activé. Sa désactivation, une fois les premières saisies faites ne sera ensuite plus envisageable. Avec la migration en v10 ou plus et l'activation de ce module vous aurez alors une version conforme sur le plan technique et fonctionnel. Il vous faudra ensuite, obtenir une attestation de conformité auprès d'un tiers qui confirme cette conformité technique/fonctionnelle pour être conforme d'un point de vue juridique.

Si vous utilisez une version en ligne Saas/Cloud fournie par un tiers, ce dernier vous la fournira surement (exemple: https://www.dolicloud.com ou https://www.novafirstcloud.com). Dans le cas contraire, il vous faut contactez votre intégrateur ou un prestataire pouvant fournir cette d'attestation.

Remarque: cette contrainte sera identique quelque soit l'ERP choisi. L'utilisation d'outils non spécialisés comme un tableur Excel ou autre, DANS LE BUT D'AVOIR UNE CONSERVATION DE TRACE DES PAIEMENTS, ne devient plus permis car le logiciel n'étant pas conforme, vous ne réussirez pas à trouver un prestataire pour fournir l'attestation de conformité. Par contre, si l'utilisation que vous faites d'Excel ou autre tableur est à des fins juste de "génération du PDF de la facture" sans ''conservation des données'' (Le texte de loi parle alors de logiciel ''facturier''), vous pouvez continuer à l'utiliser ainsi. Dans le cas ou l'utilisation est faite pour conserver trace de vos paiements, et si vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi, un logiciel '''certifié OU attestable''' sur la partie encaissement (comme l'est Dolibarr) devient obligatoire (dans le cas d'un logiciel non certifié mais attestable comme Dolibarr, il vous faudra obtenir une attestation papier ou PDF d'un Tiers).

==Je suis concerné, mais à partir de quand ?==

*Si vous êtes concerné, la loi s'applique au 1er janvier 2018. Toutefois, le texte de loi clarifié datant de juillet 2018, si on ajoute le temps requis par les logiciels pour s'adapter à la version définitive, puis le temps de migration sur la nouvelle version, une tolérance est de mise la première année (donc 2018), à condition de montrer que vous suivez le sujet et avez attendu pour avoir le texte définitif puis pour avoir la version conforme puis pour avoir le bon moment de faire votre migration. Si vous utilisez Dolibarr, les différentes évolutions de cette page montre que la démarche est engagée sur le logiciel depuis novembre 2016 et ce alors que le périmètre de la loi était encore contradictoire début novembre 2017.

A la question posée en janvier 2018 au ministère des finances: "Que pouvons nous dire aux utilisateurs qui sont en attente de texte/règle clarifiée pour agir, sachant que la loi est sensé être déjà effective ?", la réponse donnée a été que la première année (2018 donc), il y aurait tolérance, dès lors que vous montrez que vous avez pris une trajectoire sur 2018 pour bien faire. Cette année transitoire ayant été officiellement annoncée par le secrétaire d'état, dont voici les propos:

''« Je veux toutefois rassurer les entreprises : la direction générale des finances publiques les accompagnera pendant la première année d’application de ce dispositif, en vertu non pas d’une culture de la sanction ou du contrôle fondée sur le présupposé d’une malveillance des entreprises, mais d’un rôle de conseil. La DGFIP tiendra notamment compte des démarches engagées et des diligences effectuées par les entreprises pour obtenir le certificat ou l’attestation. C’est dans cet esprit que nous travaillerons. Les deux organismes certificateurs prendront également leur part de cet effort de pédagogie, qui est normal. »''

==La nécessité d'attestation ou certification disparaît-elle si on n'enregistre nos paiements que via un mode de règlement qui laisse déjà des traces, comme les chèques ou cartes ?==

Au départ, le type de règlement n'avait aucun impact sur la loi. Tous les types de paiement (chèque, carte, liquide, virement, ...) rentrent dans le périmètre de la loi et aucun ne permet d'être hors du champs d'application. L'amendement suivant https://www.nosdeputes.fr/15/amendement/235/1325C a tenté de restreindre le périmètre à un certain mode de paiement, mais a été rejeté.

Ceci se comprend dans la mesure où, même un paiement par carte, peut se faire via un système comme Paypal ou Stripe, et que l'administration fiscale française a très peu de pouvoir de contrôle sur une société étrangère.
Toutefois, il existe des cas où l'administration fiscale a un pouvoir de contrôle, c'est pourquoi, dans la re-publication au BOFIP de la loi le 4 juillet 2018, une exception a été introduite: Les professionnels réalisant leur paiement avec l'intermédiation directe d'un établissement de crédit européen ne sont plus soumis à l'obligation de certification ou attestation. Mais attention, on parle bien de paiements "directs" (donc Virement ou Carte de Débit ou de Crédit, mais pas chèques qui n'est pas "direct") et surtout via un système de paiement géré par un organisme bancaire européen. En d'autres terme, si on ne fait que du paiement CB avec un module de VAD d'une banque, on est NON soumis à la certification/attestation mais si le paiement CB (carte de crédit ou débit) se fait par un service comme Stripe ou Paypal, sauf à être exempté pour un autre motif, on l'est toujours (car l'état français n'a pas de moyen d'obtenir le listing des transactions via ces solutions, bien que le paiement soit par carte bancaire).

==Quelles sont les conditions pour une application concernée pour être conforme (conditions pour obtenir la certification OU être attestable conforme par un tiers) ?==

*Principe d'inaltérabilité
**Logs non modifiable par chaînage (principe de somme de contrôle incluant la somme de contrôle de la trace précédente) pour tout ce qui concerne les saisies d'encaissements (incluant toutes les mentions obligatoires d'une facture). Il est possible d'aller au delà de la loi en traçant aussi ce qui concerne les factures et leur envoi sur une imprimante. Aucune fonction pour modifier ou supprimer ces logs ne doit exister.
**Quand un paiement est enregistré, la trace et les informations qui ont donné lieu à ce paiement (information du paiement mais aussi de la facture ne peuvent plus être modifier). Rem: Il est toujours possible de faire des modification sur l'objet de gestion mais la trace historique (la log archivée) doit rester non modifié et fidèle à l'acte d'origine. Et si un changement est fait, ce changement doit lui aussi être tracé et reprendre toutes les nouvelles informations et être lui aussi non effaçable, non modifiable.

*Conservation sur 6 ans ou plus (Remarque: Dolibarr conserve les données en base à vie)

*Fonction "Archiver" annuellement qui permet d'exporter dans un fichier externe dans un format lisible sans le logiciel, et par l'administration, pour consulter l'archive (et retrouver les infos d'origine qui composaient la facture, les paiements).

*Fournir, soit la certification de conformité du logiciel, soit une attestation de conformité (Voir dans les FAQ plus loin "Quel éditeur peut fournir des attestations pour ma version ?" sur comment l'obtenir)

!!! En d'autres termes, il ne sera plus possible d'utiliser des logiciels tableurs comme Excel ou Google Apps, ni autre solution développée soi même pour avoir une trace et conservation de vos paiements, sans considération de cette loi (sauf à continuer de saisir en parallèle soit dans un autre système conforme, soit sur le bon vieux carnet à souche). Mais vous pouvez continuer à utiliser votre tableur à des fins de logiciel pour générer vos Factures (la loi parle de "logiciel facturier") si il n'y a pas de conservation de données (le logiciel est alors considéré comme simple facturier et donc hors périmètre).
Pour un suivi et conservation de vos encaissements via un outils informatique, des logiciels, conforme loi finance 2016 comme Dolibarr ERP CRM v10 ou + deviennent alors obligatoires, dès lors que l'on est concerné (voir FAQ '''...suis-je concerné...''').

==Quelle est la différence entre certification et attestation ?==

La certification est une procédure par laquelle une tierce partie, l’organisme certificateur (Par exemple la LNE ou L'AFNOR), donne une assurance écrite qu’un système d’organisation, un processus, une personne, un produit ou un service est conforme à des exigences spécifiées dans une norme ou un référentiel. Elle est encadrée par le Code de la Consommation. Sur un logiciel, la certification est faite pour une version donnée sur le périmètre de l'application ou d'une partie de l'application uniquement. Chaque nouvelle version devant être re-certifiée.

L'attestation de conformité est fournie par une tierce partie également, mais ce dernier n'a pas besoin d'être un organisme certifiant. Il peut s'agir de n'importe quelle société. C'est souvent l'éditeur du logiciel, mais il peut s'agir en fait de n'importe quelle société. Cette attestation est une déclaration par laquelle l’éditeur témoigne et s’engage à ce que le système d’encaissement qu’il atteste respecte les conditions d’inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d’archivage des données. L'attestation est elle aussi valable pour une version et éventuellement un paramétrage donné.

Dans le cadre de la loi des finances pour 2016, et si vous êtes dans le périmètre de cette loi (voir autres FAQ), vous devez, soit avoir un logiciel "certifié", soit avoir un logiciel "attesté conforme" (Notez que le terme "certifié" est souvent utilisé dans les textes (plus rarement dans le texte définitif de la loi) comme raccourci pour signifier "certifié ou attesté conforme".

==L'application Dolibarr sera-t-elle certifiée par l'éditeur ?==

Pour Dolibarr, et de nombreux logiciels Open Source, il n'y a pas un éditeur bien identifié car de nombreuses sociétés différentes contribuent à son évolution.

Au sens de la loi, l'éditeur du logiciel est le '''"dernier" qui a modifié/validé le code'''. L'entité qui postule pour une certification peut donc être, aussi bien l'association Dolibarr, comme tout intégrateur, hébergeur ou autre institution externe.

Il est possible que l'association Dolibarr, qui a pour rôle la promotion du logiciel, fasse les démarches pour obtenir la certification pour certaines versions majeures, celles qui sont officiellement packagées par le release manager et qui sont mises à disposition sur l'espace de téléchargement officiel par l'association. Dans cette éventualité, seules quelques versions bien identifiées feront l'objet d'une demande de certification. Toutefois, cette obtention de certification qui fige une version (Certification LNE ou certification NF525) n'est pas obligatoire pour être conforme et non adapté avec les lois du marché qui veut qu'un logiciel doit évoluer très vite. L'autre solution, celle de l'obtention d'une attestation s'avère donc recommandée et plus simple.
Nous encourageons donc les utilisateurs qui ont obligation d'utiliser un logiciel conforme anti-fraude à la TVA selon la loi finance 2016 (donc les assujettis à TVA hors franchise de base, et qui facture/encaisse des particuliers) à '''se tourner vers la solution d'attestation'''. Voir point suivant.

==L'attestation de conformité, autre possibilité, sera-t-elle fournie par l'éditeur ou autre tiers ?==

L'autre solution pour être en règle est d'obtenir une attestation de conformité de votre logiciel de suivi des encaissements.

En tant qu'utilisateur, et si vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi, vous pourrez obtenir une attestation auprès de n'importe quel tiers/intégrateur prêt à la fournir (en général moyennant finance), ou vous la délivrer à vous même si vous êtes une société d'édition de logiciel. Voir les 2 FAQ suivantes pour savoir qui pourra délivrer les attestations de conformité...
Dans le cas d'un logiciel hébergé en Saas, la société qui propose la solution en Saas fournira souvent cette attestation mais parfois non (voir point suivant).

==Quel éditeur peut fournir des attestations pour ma version, à quel prix ?==

N'importe quelle société qui a les compétences pour analyser le logiciel et vérifier que ses fonctionnalités sont bien en règle peut fournir une attestation à autrui. Le code d'une application libre étant ouvert, toute société compétente dans la technologie du produit, peut maîtriser le code aussi bien que les développeurs initiaux. Une telle société peut donc être qualifiée d'"éditeur", même si elle n'a pas produit ou très peu produit de code au projet final, et par conséquent, et à même de fournir un attestation individuelle à ses clients.

Le BOFIP dit clairement:

"310. Lorsque le logiciel ou système est conçu de manière ouverte pour permettre son adaptation aux besoins spécifiques des clients, on entend par « éditeur » qui peut valablement demander la certification ou fournir l'attestation individuelle."

Bref, si vous utilisez une version en ligne SaaS/Cloud fournie par un tiers, ce dernier vous la fournira surement (Exemple avec https://www.dolicloud.com ou encore https://www.novafirstcloud.com). Dans le cas contraire, il vous faut contactez votre intégrateur ou un prestataire pouvant fournir cette d'attestation. Remarque: cette contrainte sera identique quelque soit l'outil informatique d'enregistrements des encaissements qui aura été choisi.

En ce qui concerne le prix, tout dépend du tiers qui fournit l'attestation. Certains, par exemple, pourront donner l'attestation gratuitement à condition d'héberger le logiciel attesté chez eux. D'autres vous feront payer la prestation d'audit et la délivrance de l'attestation. Cela peut être de manière récurrente si l'attestation doit être réémise régulièrement suite à modification/mise à jour de l'application.

==La loi finance est-elle compatible avec les licences libres de logiciels de caisse ?==

Si le logiciel libre n'est pas un logiciel qui réalise des encaissements ou si vous n'encaissez que des entreprises, la question ne se pose même pas puisque la loi ne s'applique pas à ces cas.

Si le logiciel libre est un logiciel d'encaissements et que les clients encaissés sont des particuliers, alors oui, le logiciel libre est parfaitement compatible:

Le paragraphe 40 du BOI le dit explicitement en reconnaissant aux utilisateurs la possibilité « ''d'adapter le logiciel à leurs besoins spécifiques'' » :

"''... Sont notamment concernés les logiciels de comptabilité ou de gestion dits "libres" ou développés en interne, c'est-à-dire développés par l'assujetti lui-même. On entend par logiciel libre un logiciel dont les utilisateurs ont un libre usage, une libre étude, une libre modification et une libre distribution. Ces libertés permettent aux utilisateurs d'adapter le logiciel à leurs besoins spécifiques. Les modifications que les utilisateurs peuvent apporter au logiciel libre ou développé en interne ne doivent pas avoir pour objet ou pour effet d'altérer le respect des conditions d'inaltérabilité, de sécurisation, de conservation et d'archivage décrites ci-dessous...''"

Par ailleurs, le paragraphe 310 évoque à nouveau le cas des logiciels « conçus de manière ouverte », c.à.d les logiciels libres.

Donc, aucune objection à utiliser des logiciels libres. Mais attention, l'autorisation de modification est restreinte au code et paramètres "triviaux". En effet, que ce soit lors d'une utilisation de la version certifiée ou d'une version rendue conforme par obtention d'une attestation de conformité, la nouvelle loi vous prive d'une partie de votre liberté de '''modifier le logiciel de caisse SUR LES PARTIES qui concernent les fonctions d'inaltérabilité, sécurisation, conservation et archivage'''. En effet, en faisant une telle modification, la version est considérée comme changée de manière "non triviale", aussi la certification n'est plus valable, l'attestation d'un tiers non plus. Les logiciels libres sont donc tout à fait légaux et compatible avec la loi, par contre, c'est à condition de ne pas faire n'importe quelle modification. Vous perdez donc une partie de votre liberté (non pas du fait de la licence du logiciel qui le permet, mais du fait de la loi qui est prioritaire sur les droits accordés par la licence). Le logiciel libre est donc bien compatible avec la loi, mais la loi vous prive d'une des 4 libertés que le logiciel libre apportait, celle de le modifier librement. Vous pouvez toujours le faire, mais à condition que cela ne porte pas sur le comportement de l'encaissement, ou, si cela porte sur celui-ci, que vous ré-obteniez soit la certification à nouveau (complexe et long), soit une nouvelle attestation d'un éditeur ou intégrateur.

==Pour ma propre utilisation, puis-je m'auto-délivrer l'attestation de conformité pour une version que j'ai modifié moi même sur les parties d'encaissements==

Uniquement un nombre très restreints d'entreprise le pourront, celles qui sont dans le domaine de l''''Edition de logiciel de comptabilité ou de gestion ou de système de caisse'''. Toutefois, sur le plan juridique une telle classification n'existe que par les faits. En effet, on serait tenté de penser que les entreprises ayant le codes NACE (Code NACE = terme européen du code NAF/APE) '''58.29''' qui signifie '''Edition de logiciel autre''' et/ou '''62.01Z''' qui signifie '''Développement de logiciels''' pourrait être qualifiées. Toutefois, il faut avoir en tête que le code APE est "''attribué par l'INSEE à des fins statistiques, et ne saurait suffire à créer des droits ou des obligations pour les entreprises''" (Ceci est dans le décret qui approuve la nomenclature: décret n° 2007-1888 du 26 décembre 2007, article 5, point I). Dans la réalité, ce code est malgré tout utilisé pour avoir des présomptions d'activité au niveau fiscal ou administratif. Donc, c'est un avantage, mais aucunement une garantie et inversement, une entreprise n'ayant pas cette classification peut avoir des arguments suffisamment solide pour démontrer son activité d'"éditeur de logiciel de caisse". <ref>BOI-TVA-DECLA-30-10-30-20180704, point 375</ref>

==Je suis intégrateur ou développeur informatique, je sais que Dolibarr v10 et ultérieur répond aux exigences de conformité, puis-je délivrer l'attestation de conformité, à mon client qui est en v10 ou plus, moi même ?==

Oui. A vous de fournir/indiquer à votre client la version/paramétrage que vous attestez. Avec Dolibarr, vous pouvez générez la signature de la version et paramétrage que vous attestez avec l'outil '''generate_filelist_xml.php''' fourni avec les sources de l'application.
Cette signature vous permettra de vérifier que votre client n'a pas fait de '''modification de code ou paramétrage sur les parties qui concernent l'encaissement'''. Auquel cas, il devient l'éditeur, et votre attestation en tant qu'éditeur n'est plus valide, vous n'êtes alors plus responsable d'une apparition d'une fonctionnalité non conforme dans le logiciel.

==Je suis intégrateur ou développeur informatique, quel outil ai-je à ma disposition pour m'assurer que les exigences sur le logiciel sont bien assurées par une version installée de Dolibarr==

Les versions 10.0 et supérieures contiennent l'ensemble des exigences et notamment le module "Log inaltérable" qu'il vous revient d'activer (l'obligation d'activation dépend du fait que vous êtes concerné ou non, voir FAQ précédente pour cela). L'application est une application Open Source, le client utilisateur peut réussir à modifier le code (notons que ceci est aussi possible avec du propriétaire, juste plus difficile). De même, un hacker peut toujours réussir à trafiquer un logiciel. Face à cela, Dolibarr fourni un outil pour obtenir la liste de tous les fichiers qui auraient été modifiés par rapport à la version officielle, ou par rapport à une version packagée par un intégrateur tiers, ainsi que la liste des paramètres de configuration obligatoires pour la conformité (voir plus bas) et qui aurait aussi été modifiés. Le certificat étant délivré pour une version avec une configuration donnée, si un utilisateur ou hacker a pu altérer partiellement l'application sur du code ou des paramètres sensibles, l'outil de contrôle pourra le révéler, auquel cas, la responsabilité de non conformité n'est plus du ressort de l'entité qui a fournit l'attestation, puisque ce n'est plus la même application, mais de la responsabilité de celui qui est à l'origine des modifications.

Paramètres recommandées à contrôler/imposer dans une attestation:

*Pays de la société (doit rester à France). Rem: Une fois le premier encaissement fait avec le module "Log inaltérable", sa désactivation renverra un warning.
*Constante MAIN_MODULE_BLOCKEDLOG doit être définie (Cela signifie que le module "Log inaltérable" est bien actif).

Optionnellement, vous pouvez:

*Imposer que la constante BLOCKEDLOG_DISABLE_NOT_ALLOWED_FOR_COUNTRY soit définie et contient le code pays FR (ceci bloque la désactivation du module par erreur).

Remarque:
Vous pouvez utiliser l'outil '''build/generate_filecheck_xml.php''' pour générer un fichier empreinte de la version et/ou paramétrage donné que vous voulez imposer.
Ensuite utilisez l'outil dans le menu '''Accueil - Outils administration - Dolibarr - Files integrity check''' ou bien à distance l'API '''/setup/checkintegrity''' (le module API REST doit avoir été activée) pour vérifier qu'une version est conforme à ce fichier empreinte.

==Je suis dans le périmètre de la loi, j'ai ajouté un module externe sur mon Dolibarr, faut-il une attestation Loi Finance pour ce module ?==

Il n'y a pas de notion de "certificat ou d'attestation loi finance" sur un module.

En effet, ce qui doit être certifié ou attesté, c'est la partie du logiciel qui réalise les enregistrements des paiements, pris dans le contexte de l'ensemble du système d'information, et non chaque module de votre application individuellement. Le logiciel Dolibarr v10 ou + est attestable, donc, si vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi, ce qu'il vous faut obtenir, c'est une attestation de conformité de l'ensemble de la solution, validant les modules ajoutés qui impactent l'enregistrement des paiements. Donc,

*Si vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi et que le module ajouté ne concerne pas l'enregistrement des paiements, il n'y a rien de particulier à faire de plus (dès lors que vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi, vous devez obtenir l'attestation pour les fonctions encaissements de paiements de votre Dolibarr, peu importe que vous ajoutiez ce module ou pas, le module n'ayant pas d'effet sur les fonctions d'encaissements, on perle d'effet trivial ou mineur au code).
*Si toutefois, vous êtes dans le périmètre de la loi et que le module touche à la partie encaissement, il faudra que le tiers fournissant l'attestation prenne en considération ce module (si vous aviez déjà obtenu l'attestation, il vous faudra la ré-obtenir car l'ajout du module l'invalide puisque ce module touche au code de la partie encaissement des paiements).

La nature du module doit vous permettre de savoir si c'est un module qui touche à l'enregistrement des encaissements ou pas. Dans le doute, renseignez vous auprès de l'auteur du module (ce n'est pas lui qui fournira l'attestation mais pourra dire si le module doit être pris en compte ou non dans le processus d'attestation).

=Travaux dans Dolibarr pour permettre la conformité via attestation=

Et Dolibarr dans tout cela ?
Dolibarr v10+ est prêt et attestable sur l'intégralité de ses modules standard.
Voici le suivi des travaux réalisés depuis la v5: [[Loi article 88 finances 2016 et Certification NF525 - Travaux Dolibarr]]

=Où trouver un modèle d'attestation ?=
Les services des impôts proposent un modèle d'attestation individuelle que vous pouvez consulter [https://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10692-PGP.html/identifiant%3DBOI-LETTRE-000242-20201230 dans le Bulltein Officiel des Impots du 30/12/2020]

=Notes et références=
<references />

*Synthèse détaillée du BOFIP par La Revue Fiduciaire, rédigé le 06/10/2016: [http://revuefiduciaire.grouperf.com/article/3661/hb/20160919173548859.html Article sur la revue fiduciaire]
*Synthèse courante par l'APRIL (document en évolution permanente): https://pad.april.org/p/logiciel-caisse-publication-BOI
*Article de l'APRIL: https://www.april.org/loi-de-finances-2016-une-doctrine-fiscale-qui-reconnait-les-logiciels-libres-mais-avec-une-marge-de
*Echanges sur les mailing-list de l'April: https://listes.april.org/wws/arc/comptabilite/ (réservé aux adhérents April)
*Note d'information très courte du service public: https://www.service-public.fr/professionnels-entreprises/actualites/A10279
*http://creativekara.fr/doku.php?id=pasteque:lf2016
*Réunion entre le chef de projet Dolibarr, autres représentants April et le ministère des finances en 2018 pour participation à la refonte et clarification du texte de loi.